Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
SECTION
EL
When you read wiring diagrams:

Read GI section, "HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS".
When you perform trouble diagnos.es, read GI section, "HOW TO FOllOW
FLOW CHART
IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
and "HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN
ELECTRICAL INCIDENT".
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR
BAG" (Dual Air Bag System)
BAG" (Single Air Bag System)
HARNESS CONNECTOR
Description
STANDARDIZED RELAy
Description
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Schematic
Wiring Diagram - POWER Fuse
Fusible Link
Circuit Breaker
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
BATTERy
How to Handle Battery
Battery Test and Charging Chart..
Service Data and Specifications (SOS)
STARTING SySTEM
Wiring Diagram - START Trouble Diagnoses
Construction
Removal and Installation
Magnetic Switch Check
Pinion/Clutch Check
Brush Check
Yoke Check
Armature Check
Assembly
Service Data and Specifications (SDS)
CHARGING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram - CHARGE Trouble Diagnoses
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
10
19
19
19
20
25
25
28
32
33
33
35
36
.45
.46
46
46
47
48
.49
50
52
52
54
Construction
Disassembly
Rotor Check
Brush Check
Stator Check
Diode Check
Assembly
COMBINATION SWITCH
Combination Switch/Check
Replacement
HEADLAMP - Without Daytime light System Wiring Diagram - H/LAMP Trouble Diagnoses
HEADLAMP - Daytime light System Operation (Daytime light system)
System Description
Schematic
Wiring Diagram - DTRL Trouble Diagnoses (Daytime Light)
HEADLAMP
Bulb Replacement...
Aiming Adjustment.
HEADLAMP - Headlamp Aiming ControlWiring Diagram - AIM Description
EXTERIOR LAMP
Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Schematic
Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Wiring
Diagram - TAILIL Stop Lamp/Wiring Diagram - STOP/L Back-up Lamp/Wiring Diagram - BACK/L Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram - F/FOG Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
55
57
57
57
58
58
59
60
61
62
62
64
65
65
67
68
68
69
70
71
74
75
75
75
77
77
81
82
82
83
92
94
96
101
CONTENTS
Front
Fog Lamp
Aiming
Adjustment..
Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring

Turn Signal
Diagram
and Hazard
R/FOG -
Warning
Rear Wiper
102
and Hazard
Lamps/Wiring
Diagram
Turn Signal
and Hazard
Lamps/Trouble
Warning
-
TURN -
107
Warning
Flasher
Bulb Specifications
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Schematic
Illumination/Wiring
Diagram
Spot, Trunk
Room
Rear Wiper
ILL -
114
Headlamp
Wiper
Motor
115
Headlamp
Wiper
Installation
115
Headlamp
Washer
116
Check Valve
Schematic
Wiring
Meter
127
Tachometer,
Gauges/Wiring
Diagram
Inspection/Fuel
Gauge
Temperature
Temp.
-
129
Gauge
Inspection/Tachometer
and Vehicle
Unit Check
Transmitter
Vehicle
Speed
Signal
Warning
Lamps/Schematic
Warning
Lamps/Wiring
Check
Switch
Check
Fuel Warning
Lamp
Sensor
137
138
WARN -
Check
151
151
Buzzer
Warning
Buzzer/System
Warning
Buzzer/Wiring
BUZZER
Components
Unit...
151
Description
152
154
Inspection
Warning
Buzzer
Front Wiper
-
and Washer/Wiring
Description
Amplifier
Front Wiper
Installation
Front Wiper
Check
and Adjustment..
Linkage
Nozzle
Front Washer
Tube Layout
Adjustment...
and Washer/System
179
washer)
179
180
183
WINDOW -
185
Diagnoses
197
198
Description
198
200
Diagram
Diagnoses
202
Type 1 (For Europe
Type 2 (Except
and
212
Diagnoses
Europe
and Australia)
216
POWER DOOR MIRROR
220
Wiring
Diagram
MIRROR
for
220
ELECTRIC SUN ROOF

Wiring
Diagram
224
SROOF -
224
HORN, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

Wiring
Diagram
HORN -
226
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR

MIRROR DEFOGGER
System
Description
(For models
light system)
Filament
Check
Fi lament
Repai
Diagram
230
with daytime
230
DEF -
231
235
236
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

Audio/System
226
237
Description
-
237
AUDIO -
238
162
Radio
166
Location
of Antenna
243
166
Antenna
Rod Replacement..
243
168
168
Description
D/LOCK
Trouble
Wiring
167
Front Washer
Rear Wiper
160
Diagram
WIPER -
Front Wiper
157
160
and Washer/System
179
Tube Layout..
180
Wirin.g Diagram
Diagram
WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper
139
151
Check
Warning
179
Austral ia)
138
Diagram
Oil Pressure
Trouble
137
WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER
Diode
Wiring
137
Check
Sensor
Check
(For headlamp
Diagram
System
133
135
Fuel Tank Gauge
177
Description
Trouble
134
Speed
Sensor
Thermal
Diagram
Schematic
and Water
Inspection/Speedometer
and Washer/Wiring
POWER DOOR LOCK
and Fuel
METER -
Wiper
POWER WINDOW
127
Combination
176
176
HLC -
126
Speedometer,
Layout..
Headlamp
Bulb Specifications
INT/L -
175
(for rear washer)
METER AND GAUGES
Tube
175
Adjustment
113
and Luggage
Diagram
Nozzle
175
and Adjustment..
113
System
Lamps/Wiring
Check
Installation
Rear Washer
122
Room
171
Check Valve
Unit Check
Diagram
WIP/R -
Rear Washer
Diagnoses
Combination
and Washer/Wiring
Rear Wiper Amplifier

106
Turn Signal
Interior,
101
Lamps/
Schematic
(Conl'd.)
169
Fuse Check
243
HEATED SEAT
Wiring
Diagram
245
-
245
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
H/SEAT
247
System
Description
247
System
Composition
247
CONTENTS
Component Parts Location
Wiring Diagram - NATS Trouble Diagnoses
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS
Engine Compartment
Passenger Compartment
HARNESS LAyOUT
How to Read Harness Layout...
Outline
Engine Control Harness
Engine Room Harness
Main Harness '"
Body Harness
Body No.2 Harness
Engine Harness
248
249
251
266
266
267
269
269
270
271
274
280
284
292
294
(Cont'd.)
Air Bag Harness

Room Lamp Harness
Back Door Harness
Front Door Harness (LH side)
Front Door Harness (RH side)
Rear Door Harness
SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION (SMJ)
Terminal Arrangement
FUSE BLOCK - Junction Box (JIB)
ELECTRICAL UNITS
JOINT CONNECTOR (J/C)
297
298
299
300
302
304
Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
WIRING DIAGRAM REFERENCE CHART

COOLING SYSTEM
ECCS (Ignition syslem)
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
SRS "AIR BAG"
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
LC SECTION
EC SECTION
AT SECTION
BR SECTION
RS SECTION
HA SECTION
PRECAUTIONS
BAG" (Dual Air Bag System)
The Supplemental Restraint System "Air Bag", used along with a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or
severity of injury to the driver and front passenger in a frontal collision. The Supplemental Restraint
System consists of air bag modules (located in the center of the steering wheel and on the instrument
panel on the passenger side), a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed
by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses are covered with yellow insulation either just before the
harness connectors or for the complete harness, for easy identification.

BAG" (Single Air Bag System)
The Supplemental Restraint System "Air Bag", used along with a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or
severity of injury to the driver in a frontal collision. The Supplemental Restraint System consists of an
air bag module (located in the center of the steering wheel), a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp and
spiral cable. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed
by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS.
EL-4
HARNESS CONNECTOR
Description
HARNESS CONNECTOR
All harness connectors have been modified to prevent accidental looseness or disconnection.
The connector can be disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking section.
CAUTION:
Do not pull the harness when disconnecting
the connector.
[Example]
Packing
(Water-proof
LIFT
type)
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
(For combination
(For relay)
meted
SEL769D
EL-5
STANDARDIZED
RELAY
Description
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS
Relays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays.
NORMAL OPEN RELAY
NORMAL CLOSED RELAY
MIXED TYPE RELAY
Flows.
U.
Flows .
Does not
flow.
u.
e:> =
Does note:>
flow.
(J)
=0
I
BATIERY
Flows .
BATIERY
Does not
flow. Q
:s:
SW 1
BATIERY
Does not
flow. Q
(J)
SW 1
Flows.
SW 1
SW 1
BATIERY
BATIERY
BATIERY
SEL881H
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED
r~~-~.~_._-
-~--_.-_.."..__ ._-~-
RELAYS
1M
1 Make
2M
2 Make
1T
1 Transfer
1M.1B ..................
1 Make 1 Break
_.. -----------
-------~.-
-.----.-----~----
2M
1M
(ftj
r---~---.-------------~~-~.
----.---....
r
1M
..
"
iM.1B
1T
1T
(/
2M
-', \
~.. - -_\_~- ~----
1B
j
SEL882H
EL-6
51 ANDARDIZED RELAY
Description (Cont'd)
Type
Outer view
Circuit
Connector symbol
and connection
1T
Case color
BLACK
=
2M
BROWN
1M.1B
GRAY
1M
BLUE
The arrangement of terminal numbers on the actual relays may differ from those shown above.
SEL661TA
EL-7

Schematic
CHARGE
75A
[ill
>-
a:
w
25A
I-I--
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
ILL, WINDOW, D/LOCK, SROOF
CD
30A
30A
I COOl/F,
A/C
lliJ
COOl/F, A/C
7.5A@Q]
FICO, A/CCUT, A/C

7.5A@I]
CHARGE
UJ
..J
30A
ITJ
IGNITION
OFF ACC
SWITCH
ON
ST
MAIN, IGN/SG, INJECT

START
7.5A~
7.5A~
S/SIG, GLOW, PlA, DTRl
AAC/V
15A
@ill
H/lAMP, DTRl, R/FOG
15A
@Q]
H/LAMP,DTRl
7.5A0J
MAIN, CMPS, MAFS, GLOW, NATS
LIGHTING
SWITCH
OFF
2ND
1ST
ABC ABC ABC
10A ~
HORN
7.5A@]
R/FOG
10A
FRONT FOG
lAMP SWITCH
00
DR
10A
LE
mI
CD
DAYTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
DL
HEL001
EL-8

Schematic (Cont'd)
l5A ~
F/FOG
@J
20A
LOAD, DEF
lOA
[8J
lOA
[ill
ABS, SToP/L
TURN
7.5A@Q]
FICO, A!CCUT,
HEATER, A!e
INT/L
GLOW, AIM, BUZZER,
HORN, AUDIO, NATS
ILL, AUDIO
lOA
@]
HEATER, A!e
WIP/R
l5A
[ill
20A
[ill
HORN
WIPER
lOA
ACCESSORY
RELAY
MIRROR, DEF
l5A ~
HLC
20A []]
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@)
RHO models
eo engine
SR engine
SR engine A/T models
and CO engine
For Europe and Israel
Except @
LHD models without
daytime light system
Except @
LHo models with
Without daytime light system
With single air bag system
With dual air bag system
LOAD, DEF
n IGNITION
U RELAY
LOAD, MIL, BUZZER, WINDOW,

SROOF, DEF, NATS
LKUP, AIT, BACK/L,
METER, WARN
TURN
7. 5A [ill
ABS
lOA
[ill
H/SEAT
lOA
[ill
l5A
@]
H02S
F/PUMP, AIRREG
TAIL. F/FoG
3A
IE]
LOAD, AIM, TAIL, F/FO~

ILL, BUZZER
SRS
lOA ~
SRS
PGC/V, EGRC/V, AAC/V, VTC,
COOL/F, LOAD, GLOW, PLA,
FCUT, A/C, START, DTRL, DEF
HEL096
EL-9

Wiring Diagram ~
EL-POWER-01
BATTERY
FUSIBLE LINK AND

RELAY BOX
~
W/R
~
POWER -
W/R~
@:
30A
@:
B/R
Jt
BR
rn
_-I:::::::
Wt
!
1
ABS
GLOW
Next page
75A
BYR :}
B/R +
FUSIBLE LINK
AND FUSE BOX
~
~
~
[]]
Il:jdI

SR engine AT models
and CD engine
1_-_-_-_-
W/R
CD engine
@: LHD models without
GY
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
(102)
G/W
L!Y
RIB
---------
RIB +
CHARGE
L/Y +
FICO, A/CCUT,
G/W
GY
W!L
.-------------1-----0--------1._.- __ -
W/L
W
W
+}
COOL/F,A/C
+
+ 57tb~R~~2~bF
+CHARGE
JB---- To EL -POWER
~:--. -f9>
W
A/C
-04
Next page
~-----------------------------------,
CE57>
FRONT"
~
FRONT
-----------------------------------~
HEL002
El-10

Wiring Diagram - POWER -
Preceding
page
--19~
(Cont'd)
EL-POWER-02
@: AHO models
<ID:
<Illi>:
LIGHTING
SWITCH
00):
LHO models
without
daytime
light
system
Except <ID
LHO models
with daytime
light
SA engine
For Europe
and Israel
Except@
@:
@:
<ID
@:
@:
*1"'@
, <ID
R/B
R/Y
system
, @ AIL
W/R
Preceding
page
FUSIBLE LINK
AND FUSE BOX
10A
<rn>
1451
@
A/Y
BIA
BA
1l12J1
~R/l
BIA ~
~:<Illi>
~Ol
~
LE
~H/lAMP.
BA ..
LIGHTING
SWITCH
OFF....
01---
LE
AAC/V
TAIL. F/FOG. ILL
TAIl/l
FUSE
DAYTIME
LIGHT
TAIL/l
UNIT
SW
(E119):
TAIL/L
OUTPUT
* 1 .JE-.
~
0-0-
DTRl. AIFOG
AIL ..
To El -POWER
-09
TAIL, F/FOG
r---------------------------------,
<rnl
FAONT.
~(ffiID
~GY
HEL003
EL-11

(Conl'd)
EL-POWER-03
Preceding
page
7.5A
FUSIBLE LINK
AND FUSE BOX
1431
@
W/L
R/W
GIS
L-
+ R/FOG
+ HORN
W/L + ~t5~:
~~~~.
MAFS.
R/W + H!LAMP.DTRL
-----
GIS
--------
IFh
S
ON.-ST
OFF'
ACC
OFF 'eACC
IGNITION
SWITCH
@
ON
ACC
@: For Europe and Israel

@: Except for Europe
and Israel
W/L
EE
_______
S/L ~
~glL-POWER
B/W
START
SIP ~
To EL-POWER
~-08
.---------------
1.---------------
SiR
-e> ~g6EL-POWER
+
B/R
MAIN.IGN/SG.INJECT
W/L ~
~g5EL-POWER
r-------------------~
<ill)
FRONT.
I
I
, Illin @
: tmmID
,
L
tm:IID
@
W
(EU4)
I
I
I
:
~I
HEL004
EL-12

To EL-POWER4
-01
~
----.----
(ConI' d)
EL-POWER-04
W ~
~:
@:
@:
Next page
LHD models with daytime

For Europe and Israe 1
Except@
light
system
FUSE BLOCK
(JIB)
(E12O)
10A
~
~
[}[]
(fl06)
(]V
IN;51
GIOR
EE
LG/OR+TU1N
ABS,STOP
IL
R/Y
P
GLOW.
BUZZER
AIM
:}
.NATS
.HORN
AUDIO
RIB .}
INTIL
RIB.
LIB
LOAD.DEF
OR .F/FOG
~------------------------------------------------------------,
([@
@: (H2O)
~@:m
N20
N22
,.-------
@)
I
I
W
L
HEL005
EL-13

To EL-POWER-03~
_1-,
W/L ..... ()~
Preceding page ~
W!L W
db
db
(Conl'd)
EL-POWER-05
W/L ~
(b):
@:
@:
@:
~gBEL-POWER
LHO models
RHOmodels
Except for Europe and Israel
LHO models with daytime light
system
IIS511 IIRill
~}Next
page
FUSE BLOCK
(.J/B)
~
<f!@
@ID
(106)
iOA
(@
[[]
EE
OL
WIP/R
PU
LG
LG
L
L
r-----------------------------------------------------------,
+
2
{ACCD
HEL006
EL-14

(Coni' d)
EL-POWER-06
To EL-POWER-03 ~
BIR --,
@:
@:
BIR
LHD models with

Without
daytime
daytime
light
light
system
system
Is~1
Preceding
page
L
p
FUSE BLOCK
(JIB)
<fill)
(E105)
(f106)
@)
20A
m
@)
Y
G/W
GLIB
t.=
L~B :}
LOAD, DEF
MIL
NATS
BUZZER
WINDOW,SROOF
G/W
TURN
:}
METER,WARN
LKUP, AIT
BACK!L
GY
H/SEAT
ABS
r-----------------------------------------------------------,
+
2
(IGNl)
----------------------------------------------------~
HEL007
EL-15

(Cont'd)
EL-POWER-07
@: A/T models
@: With single air bag system
@: With dual air bag system
<Q-
To EL-POWER-03
S/L
--------------1
S/L
la-51
N
FUSE SLOCK
(J/S)
<till)
10A
1251
1I~51 IN.41 IN.41
RIL S/Y s/Y
I L
L..:
S/Y
S/SIG.
S/Y
.DTRL
R/L .}
GLOW, PLA
SRS
R/W.
SR
START
SR
COOL/F. LOAD. FCUT,

A/C,DTRL,DEF
SR
GLOW. PLA
SR
PGC/V. EGRC/V. AAC/V,

VTC, GLOW. PLA
S/W.}
F/PUMP. AIRREG
SIL
SR/Y.
H02S
r-------------------------------------------------,
HEL008
EL-16

(ConI' d)
EL-POWER-08
To EL-POWER ~
-03
~
B/P ~
~g5EL-POWER ~
W/L ~()
<D:
<ID:
LHO models
RHO mode Is
@: For Europe and
@: Except
@
Israel
*2'" @W!L @B/P
*2
rrm
o
To
FUSE BLOCK
EL-POWER
-06
(ill)
(..)/B)
(105)
<El06)
15A
7.5A
IT]
UN.?'
B
ln
.I-()~()..,
<:
:>
1
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
..
..
If-II
~~
... -----
----
__
LIB +}
LG/R +
FICO. A/CCUT
A/C
LG/R +
HEATER, A/C
LG/R +
A/CCUT. A/C
LG/R+}
L/W
HEATER.A/C
r-----------------------------------------------------------,
+
2
CIGN2)
(ACC2)
r-------------------------UITIIIIIIIIIill
~BR
--------------------------------~
HEL009
EL-17

<D:
@:
@:
To EL-POWER-02
<@-
*1
qJ):
@:
@:
(Cont'd)
EL-POWER-09
LHD models
RHO models
light
system
LHD models without
daytime
light
system
Except
@
Models
with
*1'"
@R/B
*3'"
*4"
(DRIG
. (DRIY
,
,
,
tachometer
qJ)R/Y
@R/L
@R/L
@RIL
FUSE BLOCK
(JIB)
~
4;106)
I
UN: I I
*3
r:I Ir:
@)
I IIN: I UN: I UN: I IN.aI UN.al IN..aI UN.allI~al UN: I liT: I I~21
RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG RIG
TN
I.
*4
RIL
R/l"
..----R/G.
*4
TAIL, FIFOO
TAIL
RIG.
RIG.
RIG.
ILL
RIG.
RIG.
RIG.
RIG.
RIG.
BUZZER
RIG.
LOAD
RIG
AIM. ILL
*3
FIFOG
r-------------------------------------------------,
-------------------------------------------------~
HEL010
EL-18

Fuse
OK
Blown
If fuse is blown, be
before installing new
Use fuse of specified
specified rating.
Do not partially install
properly.
Remove fuse for clock
of time.
sure to eliminate cause of problem

fuse.
rating. Never use fuse of more than
fuse; always insert it into fuse holder
if vehicle is not used for a long period
CEL083
Fusible Link
A melted fusible link can be detected by visual inspection. If its
condition is questionable, use circuit tester or test lamp.
CAUTION:
If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit

(power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted.
In such a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of problem.
Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape.

Important: Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness or vinyl or rubber parts.
Circuit Breaker
ime (sec.)
100
For example, when current is 30A, the circuit is broken within 8

to 20 seconds.
Circuit breakers are used in the following systems.
Power window
Power door lock
Electric sun roof
50
20
10
8
5
SBF284E
EL-19
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
GROUND
E37/E51
CONN. NO.
CONNECT TO
CELL CORD
AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Single

air bag system)
E108
RS-SRS
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
E2
EL-WARN
CLEARANCE LAMP LH
E50
EL-TAILIL
CLEARANCE LAMP RH
E33
EL-TAILIL
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (1-mode type)
E45
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (2-mode type-GA

engine for Europe)
E66
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (2-mode type-exeept GA engine for Europe)
E46
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 (1-mode type)
E39
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 (2-mode type-GA

engine for Europe)
E67
EC-COOLiF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 (2-mode type-exeept GA engine for Europe)
E40
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN RELAY-1
E12
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN RELAY-2
E17
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
COOLING FAN RELAY-3
E18
EC-COOLIF
HA-A/C
DAYTIME LIGHT UNIT
E119
EL-DTRL
FRONT FOG LAMP LH
E52
EL-F/FOG
FRONT FOG LAMP RH
E36
EL-F/FOG
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP LH
E53
EC-TURN
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP RH
E32
EC-TURN
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
E113
EL-WIPER
FUEL FILTER SWITCH
E5
EL-WARN
HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR UNIT LH
E48
EL-AIM
HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR UNIT RH
E35
EL-AIM
HEADLAMP LH
E49
EL-H/LAMP
EL-DTRL
HEADLAMP RH
E34
EL-H/LAMP
EL-DTRL
HEADLAMP WIPER MOTOR LH
E44
EL-HLC
HEADLAMP WIPER MOTOR RH
E41
EL-HLC
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (LHD models

with CD20 engine)
E65
INHIBITOR SWITCH
EC-A/CCUT
HA-A/C
E222
EC-PNP/SW
AT-A IT
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
E220
EC-PNP/SW
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

(RHO models with gasoline engine)
E3
EC-PST/SW
REAR FOG LAMP RELAY
E20
EL-R/FOG
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
E112
EL-WIP/R
REAR WIPER RELAY
E15
EL-WIP/R
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP (Driver side)
E1
EL-TURN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
E30
EL-WARN
EL-20
EL-START
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
CONNECT TO
GROUND
M27
M28/M68
(LHD models)
M28/M60/M68
(RHD models)
CONN. NO.
CELL CORD
COMBINATION METER (TACHOMETER)
M31
EL-METER
COMBINATION METER (AIR BAG WARNING

LAMP)
M'1
RS-SRS
COMBINATION METER (CLOCK ILLUMINATION) (For Europe and Israel)
M'1
EL-ILL
COMBINATION METER (FUEL GAUGE)
M'1
EL-METER
COMBINATION METER (HIGH BEAM INDICATOR)
M'1
EL-H/LAMP
COMBINATION METER (SPEEDOMETER)
M'1
EC-VSS
COMBINATION METER (TURN)
M'2
EL-TURN
COMBINATION METER (WATER TEMP.

.
GAUGE)
M'1
EL-METER
A/T CONTROL DEVICE (OD CONTROL

SWITCH)
M42
AT-A/T
M42
EL-ILL
ACCESSORY RELAY (In fuse block)
M15
EL-POWER
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
M44
EL-ILL
BLOWER RELAY (In fuse block)
M15
EL-POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER SOCKET
M43
EL-HORN
COMBINATION FLASHER UNIT
M20
EL-TURN
COMBINATION METER (METER ILLUMINATION) (For Europe and Israel)
M30
M32
EL-ILL
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FOR CONSULT
M13
EC-MIL
DOOR LOCK TIMER (Type-1)
M34
EL-D/LOCK
DOOR LOCK TIMER (Type-2)
M35
EL-D/LOCK
DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
M9
EL-MIRROR
ECM (ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)
M39
EC-GLOW
FAN SWITCH
M45
EC-A/CCUT
FAN SWITCH ILLUMINATION
M48
HA-A/C
FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH
M10
EL-F/FOG
FRONT WIPER AMPLIFIER
M74
EL-WIPER
FRONT WIPER MOTOR (With ASS, dual air

bag or rear power window)
M83
EL-WIPER
GLOVE BOX LAMP SWITCH
M66
EL-ILL
HAZARD SWITCH
M54
EL-TURN
HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH
M11
EL-AIM
HEADLAMP WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
M56
EL-ILL
IGNITION RELAY (In fuse block)
M15
EL-POWER
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SWITCH
M21
EL-ILL
MIRROR DEFOGGER RELAY
M17
EL-DEF
NATS IMMU
M36
EL-NATS
A/T CONTROL DEVICE (A/T INDICATOR

ILLUMINATION)
'1: M30 (With tachometer), M32 (Without tachometer)

'2: M30 (Without tachometer), M31 (With tachometer)
EL-21
EL-WARN
EL-HORN
EL-DTRL
EC-COOLIF
BR-ABS
EL-METER
RS-SRS
EC-LOAD
HA-A/C
EL-ILL
EL-ILL
EL-ILL
EL-HLC
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
CONNECT TO
GROUND
M28/M68
(LHD models)
M28/M60/M68
(RHD models)
CONN. NO.
CELL CORD

(LHD models without A8S, dual air bag and
rear power window)
M82
EC-PST/SW
POWER WINDOW RELAY
M16
EL-ILL
REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH
M55
EL-R/FOG
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
M53
EL-ILL
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER TIMER
M37
EL-DEF
REAR WIPER AMPLIFIER (RHD models)
M21
EL-WIP/R
RECIRCULATION SWITCH
M46
HA-A/C
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP (Passenger side)

(GA engine without A8S, dual air bag and
rear power window)
M81
EL-TURN
SUN ROOF RELAY
M16
EL-SROOF
WARNING 8UZZER UNIT (For Australia)
M38
EL-8UZZER
FRONT WIPER MOTOR (With A8S, dual air

bag or rear power window)
8105
EL-WIPER
88
EL-WIP/R
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (RHD models

with CD engine)
8102
EC-A/CCUT

(LHD models with ASS, dual air bag or rear
power window)
8102
EC-PST/SW
8108
EL-TURN
AIR 8AG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Dual air

bag system)
Z1
RS-SRS
SPOT LAMP
R2
EL-INT/L
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (Driver side)
D8
EL-D/LOCK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (Passenger side)
D38
EL-D/LOCK
DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER (Driver side)
D4
EL-DEF
DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER (Passenger side)
D34
EL-DEF
LOCK KN08 SWITCH
D9
EL-D/LOCK
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH (Without

rear power window)
D6
EL-WINDOW
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH (With rear

power window)
D7
EL-WINDOW
-_._-
EL-WINDOW
EL-ILL
EL-8UZZER
EL-DEF
REAR WIPER AMPLIFIER (LHD modelsl

0-
HA-A/C
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP (Passenger side)

(Except GA engine without A8S, dual air bag
and rear power window)
EL-22
EL-D/LOCK
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
F13/F14
CONN. NO.
CONNECT TO
GROUND
CELL CORD
DISTRIBUTOR (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR)
F24
EC-CMPS
DISTRIBUTOR (POWER TRANSISTOR)
F24
EC-IGN/SG
ECM (ECCS CONTROL MODULE)
F1
EC-MAIN
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (GA16DE

engine except for Europe and Israel)
F9
EC-FICD
HA-A/C
F11
EC-FICD
HA-A/C
F24
EC-CMPS
SHIELD WIRE (HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR)
F23
EC-H02S
SHIELD WIRE (KNOCK SENSOR) (GA engine)
F102
EC-KS
SHIELD WIRE (MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR)

(GA engine for Europe and Israel and
F12
EC-MAFS
F27
EC-MAFS
SHIELD WIRE (OXYGEN SENSOR)
F22
EC-02S
SHIELD WIRE (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
F8
EC-TPS
IACV-AIR REGULATOR
E214
EC-AIRREG
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (SR engine)
E212
EC-FICD
SHIELD WIRE (KNOCK SENSOR) (SR engine)
E215
EC-KS
ALTERNATOR
E233
EL-CHARGE
FRONT DOOR SWITCH (Driver side)
B9
RS-SRS
FUEL PUMP
B17
EC-F/PUMP
FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT
B18
EL-METER
HEATED SEAT LH
B12
EL-H/SEAT
HEATED SEAT RH
B16
EL-H/SEAT
HEATED SEAT SWITCH LH
B13
EL-H/SEAT
HEATED SEAT SWITCH RH
B15
EL-H/SEAT
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL AND

STOP) (Hatchback)
B27
EL-TAILIL
B27
EL-TURN
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL AND

STOP) (Hatchback)
B28
EL-TAILIL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TURN SIGNAL) (Hatchback)
B28
EL-TURN
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP (In rear air

spoiler) (Hatchback)
D112
EL-STOP/L
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP (On rear window) (Hatchback)
D108
EL-STOP/L
LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH (Hatchback)
D107
EL-TAILIL
LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH (Hatchback)
D109
EL-TAILIL
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE (GA engine for

Europe and Israel and GA 15DE engine)
SHIELD WIRE (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR)
GA15DE engine)
SHIELD WIRE (MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR)
(GA 16DE engine except for Europe and Israel
and SR engine)
E205
B11/B32
(Sedan)
B11/B32/D105
(Hatchback)
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TURN SIGNAL) (Hatchback)
EL-23
HA-A/C
EL-WARN
EL-BUZZER
EL-WARN
EL-STOP/L
EL-STOP/L
GROUND DISTRIBUTION
B11/B32
(Sedan)
B11/B32/D105
(Hatchback)
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP SWITCH
0110
EL-INT/L
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (BACK-UP)
0103
EL-BACK/L
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (REAR FOG)

(LHD Hatchback models for Europe)
0103
EL-R/FOG
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL)

(Hatchback except for Europe and Australia)
0103
EL-TAILIL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (BACK-UP)
0111
EL-BACK/L
0111
EL-R/FOG
0111
EL-TAILIL
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP (Sedan)
T6
EL-STOP/L
LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH (Sedan)
T5
EL-TAILIL
LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH (Sedan)
T7
EL-TAILIL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (BACK-UP)

(LHD Sedan models)
T3
EL-BACK/L
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (REAR FOG)

(Sedan)
T3
EL-R/FOG
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL AND

STOP) (Sedan)
T2
EL-TAILIL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TAIL)

(Sedan except for Europe and Australia)
T3
EL-TAILIL
T2
EL-TURN
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (BACK-UP)

(Sedan)
TB
EL-BACK/L
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (REAR FOG)

(RHO Sedan models)
TB
EL-R/FOG
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL AND

STOP) (Sedan)
T9
EL-TAILIL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL)

(Sedan except for Europe and Australia)
TB
EL-TAILIL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TURN SIGNAL) (Sedan)
T9
TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH
T4
EL-INT/L
SHIELD WIRE (WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

FRONT LH) (LHD models)
E4
BR-ABS

FRONT RH) (RHO models)
E11
BR-ABS

FRONT LH) (RHO models)
B106
BR-ABS

FRONT RH) (LHD models)
B107
BR-ABS
ABS CONTROL UNIT
B111
BR-ABS
ABS RELAY BOX
B104
BR-ABS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
B203
EL-DEF
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (REAR FOG)

(RHO Hatchback models for Europe)
REAR COMBINATION LAMP RH (TAIL)
(Hatchback except for Europe and Australia)
T10/T11
REAR COMBINATION LAMP LH (TURN SIGNAL) (Sedan)
B110
B112
B204
CELL CORD
CONN. NO.
CONNECT TO
GROUND
EL-24
EL-TAILIL
EL-STOP/L
EL-STOP/L
BATTERY
CAUTION:
If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster

battery and jumper cables, use a 12-volt booster battery.
After connecting battery cables, ensure that they are tightly

clamped to battery terminals for good contact.
Never add distilled water through the hole used to check

specific gravity.
How to Handle Battery

METHODS OF PREVENTING
OVER-DISCHARGE
T.he following precautions must be taken to prevent over-discharging a battery.
The battery surface (particularly its top) should always be

kept clean and dry.
The terminal connections should be clean and tight.
At every routine maintenance, check the electrolyte level.

SEL711E
When the vehicle is not going to be used over a long period

of time, disconnect the negative battery terminal. (If the
vehicle has an extended storage switch, turn it off.)
Check the charge condition of the battery.

Periodically
check the specific gravity of the electrolyte.
Keep a close check on charge condition to prevent overdischarge.
SEL459R
CHECKING ELECTROL VTE LEVEL

WARNING:
Do not allow battery fluid to come in contact with skin, eyes,
fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a battery, do not
touch or rub your eyes until you have thoroughly washed your
hands. If the acid contacts the eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention.
EL-25
BATTERY
How 10 Handle Battery (Coni' d)
Remove the cell plug using a suitable tool.

Add distilled water up to the MAX level.
SEL001K
Normal battery
SUlphated battery
Charging voltage ~_"'"
-----
t~
Charging voltage
Charging current
, Charging current
SULPHATION
A battery will be completely discharged if it is left unattended
for a long time and the specific gravity becomes less than 1.100.
This may result in sulphation on the cell plates.
To find if a discharged battery has been "sulphated", pay attention to its voltage and current when charging it. As shown in the
figure at left, if the battery has been "sulphated",
less current
and higher voltage may be observed in the initial stage of
charging.
Duration of charge
SEL005Z
Read top level

with scale
Hydrometer
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK

1.
Read hydrometer
and thermometer
indications
at eye level.
When electrolyte level is too low, tilt battery case to raise it

for easy measurement.
.'\U)
II~
SEL442D
Hydrometer
Thermal~n
gauge
]
SEL006Z
EL-26
BATTERY
How to Handle Battery (Cont'd)
2. Convert into specific gravity at 20C (68F).
Example:
When electrolyte
temperature
is 35C (95F) and specific
gravity of electrolyte
is 1.230, converted specific gravity at
20C (68F) is 1.240.
When electrolyte
temperature
is OC (32F) and specific
gravity of electrolyte
is 1.210, converted specific gravity at
20C (68F) is 1.196.
Converted specific gravity
1.30
Q)
1.28
:;
1.26
Q)
0-
l!l
1.24
Q)
>.
e0
Q)
a;
<;;
>,
1.22
1.20
1.18
=5
'"0,
1.16
.g
U
Q)
1.14
000
1.12
1.10
-30
(-22)
-20
(-4)
-10
(14)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
Electrolyte temperature C (OF)
30
(86)
40
(104)
50
(122)
SELOO7Z
EL-27
BATTERY
Battery Test and Charging Chart
Chart I
VISUAL INSPECTION
Check battery case for cracks or bends .
Check battery terminals for damage .
If the difference between the max. and min. electrolyte level in cells is within 10 mm (0.39 in), it is OK.
OK
NG
Replace
battery.
CHECKING SPECIFIC GRAVITY

Refer to "Specific Gravity Check".
I
Below 1.100
SLOW CHARGE
Refer to "A: Slow
Charge".
1.100 - 1.220
.
STANDARD CHARGE
Refer to "B: Standard
Charge".
CAPACITY TEST
Refer to "Chart
II".
Ready for
use
CAPACITY TEST
Refer to "Chart II".
QUICK CHARGE
Refer to "C: Quick Charge".
Ready for use

Mount battery again
and check loose terminals. Also check other
related circuits.
NG
OK
Replace
battery.
NG
CAPACITY TEST
t t
K
Above 1.220
Ready for
use
CHECKING SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
Refer to "Specific Gravity
Check".
QUICK CHARGE
Refer to "C: Quick Charge".
Time required: 45 min.
1
RECHARGE
Refer to "C: Quick Charge" .
If battery temperature rises above 60C (140F),
stop charging. Always charge battery when its
temperature is below 60C (140F).
OK
Ready
for use
OK
Ready for use
CAPACITY TEST
Refer to "Chart II"
CAPACITY TEST
NG
Replace
battery.
* "STANDARD CHARGE" is recommended if the vehicle is in storage alter charging.
EL-28
NG
Replace
battery.
BATTERY
Battery Test and Charging Chart (Cont'd)
Check battery type and determine the specified current
using the following table.
Fig. 1 DISCHARGING CURRENT
Chart II
(Load Tester)
CAPACITY TEST
Test using load tester.
Follow manufacturer's
instructions to check and
determine if battery is serviceable,
OK
Ready for use
Read load tester voltage

when specified discharging
current (Refer to Fig~ 1.)
flows through battery for 15
seconds.
NG
Go to next
step.
Above 9.6
volts
OK
Ready for use
Type
Current (A)
28B19R(L)
90
34B19R(L)
99
46B24R(L)
135
55B24R(L)
135
50D23R(L)
150
55D23R(L)
180
65D26R(L)
195
80D26R(L)
195
75D31R(L)
210
95D31R(L)
240
115D31R(L)
240
95E41R(L)
300
130E41R(L)
330
~m
Below 9.6
volts
NG
o~
Go to next
step.
SEL008Z
EL-29
BATTERY
A: SLOW CHARGE
Determine initial charging current Irom specilic gravity

relerring to Fig. 2.
Fig. 2 INITIAL CHARGING CURRENT SETTING (Slow charge)
Charge battery.
Check charging voltage 30 minutes after starting the
battery charge.
BATTERY TYPE
CONVERTED
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
2
r:r:
en
~
CD
<0
N
Below
1.100
::J
if
en
CD
'<t
""
4.0
(A)
2
r:r:
'<t
::J
::J
2
"" 0""
0
::J
if
if r:r:
N
if
<D
to
LO
LO
'<t
CD
CD
<D
'<t
to
to
to
5.0
(A)
<D
LO
7.0
(A)
2
r:r:
<D
<0
8.0
(A)
::J
r:r:
2 2
r:r:
::J
if r:r:
;;;
;;; ;;;
"-
0
en
to
~
~
LO
10.0
(A)
9.0
(A)
:;
1.U
LO
en
::J
if
:;
1.U
0
~
""
14.0
(A)
Check battery type and determine the specified current using the
table shown above .
After starting charging, adjustment of charging current is not necessary.
Continue to charge lor 12

hours.
Fig. 3 ADDITIONAL CHARGE (Slow charge)
Replace battery
Above 1.240

Reier to "Specilic Gravity Check".
Conduct additional charge as per Fig. 3. if necessary.
Charge for 5
hours at
initial charging current
selting.
Go to "CAPACITY TEST".
Charge lor 4
hours at
setting.
Charge lor 2
hours at
setting.
Go to "CAPACITY TEST"
CAUTION:
Set charging current to value specified in Fig. 2. If charger

is not capable of producing specified current value, set its
charging current as close to that value as possible.
Keep battery away from open flame while it is being

charged.
When connecting charger, connect leads first, then turn on

charger. Do not turn on charger first, as this may cause a
spark.
If battery temperature rises above 60C (140F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature
is below
60C (140F).
EL-30
BATTERY
B: STANDARD CHARGE
Fig. 4 INITIAL CHARGING CURRENT SETTING

(Standard charge)
BATTERY TYPE
Determine initial charging current from

specific gravity, referring to Fig. 4.
Charge battery for 8 hours.

Refer to "Specific Gravity Check".
CONVERTED
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
::J
::J
er:0>
er:0>
<Xl
C'J
(')
co
co'1"
::J
::J
a:
'1"
er:'1"
er:-
C'J
C'J
C'J
'1"
L!)
L!)
co
to
co
(')
a
L!)
::J
::J
er:-
::J
::J
er:to
C'J
C'J
C'J
;:;:;
er:~
to
<Xl
t-
O>
(')
L!)
L!)
L!)
er:-
::J
er:to
L!)
(')
L!)
:J
er:;:;:;
D
~
~
L!)
:J
a:
:;
UJ
L!)
OJ
~
a:
:;
UJ
1.100 - 1.130
4.0 (A)
5.0 (A)
60 (A)
7.0 (A)
8.0
(A)
90 (A)
130
(A)
1.130 - 1160
30 (Al
4.0 (Al
5.0 (A)
6.0 (A)
7.0
(A)
8.0 (A)
11.0
(A)
1.160 - 1.190
2.0 (A)
3.0 (Al
4.0 (A)
5.0 (Al
6.0
(A)
7.0 (A)
9.0
(A)
1.190 - 1.220
2.0 (A)
2.0 (A)
3.0 (A)
4.0 (A)
5.0
(A)
5.0 (A)
7.0
(A)
Check battery type and determine the specified current using the table shown
above .
Fig. 5 ADDITIONAL CHARGE (Standard charge)
Conduct additional charge as per Fig.

5, if necessary.
Below 1.150
1.150 - 1.200
1.200 - 1.240
Charge for 3.5

hours at initial
Charge for 2.5

hours at initial
charging current setting.
Charge for 1.5

hours at initial
Above 1240
CAUTION:
Do not use standard charge method on a battery whose specific gravity is less than 1.100.
Set charging current to value specified in Fig. 4. If charger is not capable of producing specified
current value, set its charging current as close to that value as possible.
Keep battery away from open flame while it is being charged.
When connecting charger, connect leads first, then turn on charger. Do not turn on charger first, as
this may cause a spark.
If battery temperature rises above 60C (140F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature is below 60C (140F).
EL-31
BATTERY
C: QUICK CHARGE
Fig. 6 INITIAL CHARGING CURRENT SETTING AND CHARGING TIME (Quick
charge)
:::J
Determine initial charging current setting and

charging time from specific gravity, referring to
Fig. 6.
SATTERY TYPE
Charge battery.
:::J
"" ""
CD
C')
10 (A)
:::J
:::J
:::J
C')
C')
C\I
CD
C\I
Cl
0
Cl
Cl
L()
L()
L()
~ ~ ~ ~
C\I
CURRENT [A]
>I-
:::J
co co ""D:l ""
D:l
to
N
:>
:::J
~
~
0>
0>
N
L()
L()
L()
15 (A)
CD
:::J
d d d ~ :::J
a: a: a: ;;:; ~
;;:; ;;:; Cl ~
W
Cl
Cl
Cl
CD
N
L()
0
to
L()
L()
t-
O>
20 (A)
;:
L()
0>
2.5 hours
1.130 - 1.160
2.0 hours
1.160 - 1.190
1.5 hours
1.190 - 1.220
1.0 hours
Above 1.220
0.75 hours (45 min.)
~
40
(A)
30 (A)
1.100 - 1.130
:::J
~
~
W
<l:
a:
(!J
u::
U
w
w
0-
Cl
w
Ia:
w
>
0
0
Check battery type and determine the specified current using the table
shown above .
CAUTION:
Do not use quick charge method on a battery whose specific gravity is less than 1.100.
Set initial charging current to value specified in Fig. 6. If charger is not capable of producing specified current value, set its charging current as close to that value as possible.
Keep battery away from open flame while it is being charged.
When connecting charger, connect leads first, then turn on charger. Do not turn on charger first, as
this may cause a spark.
Be careful of a rise in battery temperature because a large current flow is required during quickcharge operation.
If battery temperature rises above 60C (140F), stop charging. Always charge battery when its temperature is below 60C (140F).
Do not exceed the charging time specified in Fig. 6, because charging battery over the charging time
can cause deterioration of the battery.

GA engines
Applied model
Type
Capacity
V-AH
EL-32
CD20
SR20DE
26S19L
55D23L
65D26L
95D31L
34S19L
12 - 30
12 - 60
12 - 65
12 - 80
12 - 33
STARTING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram -
START -
MIl MODELS
EL-START-01
:J Refer to EL-POWEA.
(1):
@:
@:
@:
@:
@:
~:
LHOmode1s
RHOmodels
GAeng ine and SR eng ine
CD engine
Except@
Gasoline engine models for
Europe, Israel and Australia
@: Except~
*1"'(1)1
, @4
ST IGNITION
SWITCH
ON
OFF
'e- .....
ACC
U:i=ll
B/W
~~
O~
B/W ~
B/W ~Ol
B/W
-(Q
LB/W~B/W.J
<D:
@ ~:<D
@: ~
~:@
BATTERY
STARTER MOTOR
@TI): ~
@lID: @
~---------------------~
I
fTIN1@ ~:
: ~@
,~mID
~
~~
@lID:ID
R@TI)
GY
~
I
GY
~oo
~GY
HEL 194
EL-33
STARTING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram - START -
(Conl'd)
AIT MODELS
EL-START-02
Refer to EL-POWER.
FUSE
BLOCK
(JIB)
<E106)
IQ~OI
@:
@:
I -It
1111 -- *
I
lJ
BR
IGNITION
ST SWITCH
<ID:
@:
<M'>
SA
~H"'@3
@4
*2 ... <ID 2 ', @ 1
OF
J-.

Except@
GA engine
SR engine
INHIBITOR
RELAY
lkjJIlbjdlffi)
B/Y
G/OR B/Y
B/Y~B/Y
<ID:~:~:<ID
@:~IOO:@
G/OR ~
G/OR ...
G/OR
Iftn
BATTERY
STARTER MOTOR
~
INHIBITOR
SWITCH
@g)
~~
~
~~
r--------------------,
I
I~
: @@lID
:
FmTl
tIDrnI @ @W
W
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
I
I
~<rn
R~
'.!J GY
~~
~~
~B
~GY
Iffi\m>
\AW
GY
HEL195
EL-34
STARTING SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses
If any abnormality
is found, immediately
disconnect battery negative terminal.
Replace magnetic switch.
Starter does not stop.
Engine does not start.
Does engine turn by cranking?
Check ignition/fuel system.
Does engine turn normally?

No (Turns slowly.)
No
OK
Check battery as follows:

Charging condition
Terminal connections
Terminal corrosion
Repair starter motor.
NG
@
Does starter motor turn?
Yes
Does gear shaft turn?
No
Check pinion clutch.
No
Check reduction gear, armature
and gear shaft.
Check fuse and fusible link.
Replace.
OK
Check battery as follows:
Charging condition
Terminal connections
Terminal corrosion
@
NG
OK
Check starting system wiring.
Charge battery .
Repair connections and corrosian of battery terminals.
Repair.
OK
Does magnetic switch operation
sound occur?
No
Replace magnetic switch
Yes
Check condition of pinion and
ring gear mesh.
OK
Does starter turn under no load

by connecting wires as follows?
Yes
Replace magnetic switch.
NG
Adjust pinion movement.

Check pinion moving mechanism .
Check ring gear.
Repair starter motor .
SELOO9Z
EL-35
STARTING SYSTEM
Construction
SEC. 233
S114-766A
r.ii1
III 7.4 - 9.8 (0.75 - 1.00, 65.1 86.8) ~
~6.4.
8.3
(0.65 - 0.85, 56.4 73.8)
~:
@
@
@
@
iii(0.17
1.7 2.4
_ 0.24,
14.8 20.8)
(0.50 - 0.65, 43.4 56.4)
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
a @: High-temperature
G)
4.9 _ 6.4
grease point
MEL779DA
Gear case
Pinion assembly
Shift lever
Adjusting plate
Magnetic switch assembly
SEC. 233
@
@
Pinion shaft
Planetary gear
Internal gear
Yoke
Armature
(J)
@
-Magnetic
Adjusting plate ~
Plate thickness:
0.25 (0.0098)
0.50 (0.0197)
MIT72087A
Brush spring
Brush H
Brush holder
Rear cover
switch assembly
~10
12 (1.0 - 1.2, 87 - 104)

-Planetary
Packing
Plate
gear
paCking
KJo
~4.4
- 7.1
(0.45 - 0.72, 39.1 - 62.5)
Brush holder
~m@
Internal g~ar
m@
Pinion stopper
Ii!2.5
- 4.4
(0.25 - 0.45,
21.7 - 39.1)
Yoke
Unit : mm (in)
Ii! : N'm
(kg-m, in-Ib)
@ : High-temperature
grease point
MEL234F
EL-36
STARTING SYSTEM
Construction (Cont'd)
SEC. 233
M1T77281
\:;
,o42
0:
[Magnetic
SWitrChas:~::~ry
365 66.'}
gear
paCking
m@
~4.4
-7.1
(0.45 - 0.72,
39.1 62.5)
/'
~;:/
~o
C)~G
Gear case metal

Brush holder
m@
Brush spring
~2.5
- 4.4
(0.25
~:
m@:
. 0.45,
21.7 . 39.1)
Unit: mm (in)
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
lligh-temperature grease point
SEL151SA
SEC. 233
Adjusting plate
S114-769A
T::~~nc::~~g~p,a~~~~~~~fr:
Shift lever
),
Gear case assembly
0"
02,
m@
':
;P
I!E!l~
p;o;o~,,~
(J
, (
Qo
\
~~~
I!E!@I\.'
l]J
Center bracket (A)
"';0'.5'..
I!E!(flJ
P,",oo ,.,.
~"""
Planetary gear (x3)
/_
_
Ollll!
Through bolt (x2)

~
1i'iI14.9 6.4 (0.50 0.65, 43.4 . 56.4)
3J
~m\@R"i'7m,::
~.
'0.17 .0.24,14.'.
~oo
Yoke assembly
7~0 I]
Pinion stopper clip

Pinion stopper
~cp
Connector stay
Center br<icket (P)
Armature assembly
Unit: mm (in)
~:
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
.
@: High-temperature grease POint
20.'}
Rear cover assembly

S-washer
Brush holder assembly
SEL902RA
EL-37
STARTING SYSTEM
SEC. 233
Dust cover (Adjusting plate)

Plate thickness:
0.5 (0.020)
0.8 (0.031)
S114.568A
S114-630
7.4.9.8
(0.75 1.00. 65.1 .86.8)
4.9.6.4
(0.50 0.65. 43.4 56.4)
E-ring
Unit: mm (in)
(kg-m, in-Ib)
m@ :High-temperature grease point
fj] : N.m
Field coil
SEL249SC
SEC. 233
Adjusting plate
Plate thickness:
0.25 (0.0098)
0.50 (0.0197)
M3T37783
Armature
IiJ 2.5
r.ilI
~ 4.4 7.1
(0.45 0.72.
- 4.4
(0.25 - 0.45.
21.7 39.1)
Gear case
Gear case metal
m@
Unit: mm (in)
fj]: N.m
m @:
(kg-m. in-Ib)
High-temperature grease point
EL-38
SEL464PA
STARTING SYSTEM
SEC. 233
li!4.9
M2T62071A
6.9 (0.50 0.70, 43.4 - 60.8)
Center bracket
Armature
gear
\
Pinion
stopper
Brush holder
Brush H
Brush spring
Brush (+)
Reduction
gearm@
Washer
li!2.5
4.4
(0.25 - 0.45,
21.7 - 39.1)
SEL 153SA
EL-39
STARTING SYSTEM
5EC. 233
513-305
513-331
Iil!J '.4
. 7.8 (0.'5 - 0.80, 56.4 - 88.4) ~
6
~7.4.
9.8
(0.75 - 1.00,
65.1 - 86.8)
. N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
m @ : High-temperature
grease point
MEL233F
CD
Bearing retainer
@ Pinion shaft
@ Clutch assembly
@ Return spring
@ Pinion stopper
@ Stopper clip
(J) Gear case
@ Dust cover
@ Torsion spring
@ Brush (+)
@) Brush spring
@) Shift lever
@ Magnetic switch assembly
@ Armature assembly
@ Field coil
@ Yoke
@ Brush H
@ Brush holder
EL-40
@ Rear cover
@) Through-bolt
STARTING SYSTEM
SEC. 233
M2T61871A
~4.9.
6.9
(0.50 - 0.70,
43.4 - 60.8)
~:
EO! CBJ:
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

SEL554PA
G)
Pinion stopper
(J)
Holder
Yoke
Pinion assembly
Gear case
Pinion shaft assembly
Shift lever
Spring
@
@
@)
Reduction gear
Washer
Center bracket
Armature
Brush (+)
Brush spring
@
@
@
@
@
@
EL-41
@
@J
@
@
Brush H
Brush holder
Rear cover
STARTING SYSTEM
Construct" IOn (Co nt' d)
@ Plate
thickness' ;
~.25(......
ijJ325
.50 (0'0197)\~
7 8
IiiiI
.,
1.7. 39.1)
2
iji... 7.1
(0.4' '.72
s;i:
"'" '.1 7.'

(02.
...
(0.25.'0.45
'.77
39.1 02 ')'
ijJ 10 - 12
(8JB
':>
~., Jtlj)~
I~~~
IOI!Ei!@
EIl@
6
87.104)
.
<,
\\:~'
.
,,,'
U;it: mm (in)
[iJ:
B(8J:
Q)
@
@
@
@
@
(j)
Sleeve bea ring

.
Gear case
Stopper cr
P'
Ip
p~n!on stopper
mlon assembl
Internal
g ear Y
,
ShIft lever
N.m (k
Hi h- g.m, in-Ib)
9 temperature grease pOint
.
@
@
@)
@
@
@
@
Plate
Packing
PI~netary gear
Adjusting plate
Magnetic swit h
Packing
c assembly
Armature
Bush (+)
Brush spring
Brush holder
Bearing
Rear cover
Yoke
SEC. 233
S114-806
m iji:
tj:f" N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
\!:y'
Hlgh-temp,erature
greas
e POint
MEL675EA
EL-42
STARTING SYSTEM
SEC. 233
S114-800A
Brush
spring
'.
Brush H
Ij] 1.7
- 2.4
(0.17 - 0.24, 14.8 - 20.8)
Brush (+)
Armature
Ij]:
@:
Ij] 6.4 - 8.3 (0.65 - 0.85, 56.4 - 73.8)
N.m (kg-m, in-Ibl

SEL027UA
SEC. 233
o\:l
l
Planetary
gearm@
MOT80281
MOT80281ZC
.G::f
5hifll'.',\
~4.1-7..
~~
~4.4
- 7.1
(0.45 - 0.72, 39.1 - 62.S)
~~
~19
(0.42 0.77, 36.5 66.8)
l..-
44
(0.25 - 0.45,
21.7 - 39.1)
Brush holder
Armature
m@
m
~:
@:
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

Yoke
SEL026UA
EL-43
STARTING SYSTEM
SEC. 233
M2T49282
@Plate thickness:
0.25 (0.0098)
0.50 (0.0197)
SEL526QB
CD
@
@
@
@
Gear case metal

Gear case
Stopper clip
Pinion stopper
Pinion assembly
@
@
(J)
@)
SEC. 233
S114-570B
~
onnector
stay set
Torsion sprrng\
Dust cover
0Jl
Dust cover (Adjusting Plate

Plate thickness:
0.5 (0.020)
0.8 (0.031)
6.4 - 7.8
(0.65 - 0.80, 56.4 . 69.4)
@
@
@
@
Shift lever
Holder
Armature
Adjusting plate
Yoke
Brush (+)
Brush spring
Brush (-)
Rear cover

r~7.4
- 9.8 (0.75 - 1.00,65.1
.86.8)
0 0
~4.9
- 6.4
(0.50 - 0.65, 43.4 - 56.4)
E-ring
Gear case metal
m@
Rear cover metal
m@
Unit : mm (in)
~:
Brush
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
m (8J: High.temperature
Brush (+)
grease point
MEL674E
EL-44
STARTING SYSTEM
SEC. 233
Adjusting plate
Plate thickness:
0.25 (0.0098)
0.50 (0.0197)
M2T48681

~
4.4 .7.1
4.1 7.6 (0.42 - 0.77, 36.5 - 66.8)
(0.45 - 0.72. 39.1 - 62.5)

~2.5
- 4.4
(0.25 - 0.45. 21.7-
39.1)
J
Rear cover
Brush
Brush spring
Brush (+)
Unit : mm (in)
~:
m@:
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

MEL673E
. N.m (kg-m, ft-Ib)
31 - 42 (3.2 - 4.3, 23 - 31)
SEL909T
EL-45
STARTING SYSTEM
Magnetic Switch Check
Type 1
Before starting to check,
Disconnect "M" terminal

1. Continuity test (between
No continuity ... Replace.

2. Continuity test (between
No continuity ... Replace.
disconnect battery ground cable.

of starter motor.
"S" terminal and switch body).
"S" terminal
and "M"
terminal).
Type 2
Type 3
W4
Pinion/Clutch Check
1.
2.
3.
Type 3
Type 2
Type 1
Inspect pinion teeth.

Replace pinion if teeth are worn or damaged. (Also check
condition of ring gear teeth.)
Inspect reduction gear teeth.
Replace reduction gear if teeth are worn or damaged. (Also
check condition of armature shaft gear teeth.)
Check to see if pinion locks in one direction and rotates
smoothly in the opposite direction.
If it locks or rotates in both directions, or unusual resistance
is evident. ... Replace.
Type 4
Type 5
SEL011Z
Brush Check
BRUSH
- Vernier
Check wear of brush.

Wear limit length:
Refer to 50S (El-SO).
Excessive wear ... Replace.
caliper
SEL014Z
EL-46
STARTING SYSTEM
Brush Check (Conl'd)
BRUSH SPRING PRESSURE
Brush spring
Check brush spring pressure with brush spring

brush.
Spring pressure (with new brush):
Refer to SOS (EL-50).
e Not within the specified values ... Replace.
detached from
Brush
SEL015Z
BRUSH HOLDER
Type 1
1.
Perform insulation test between brush holder (positive side)

and its base (negative side).
e. Continuity exists .... Replace.
2. Check brush to see if it moves smoothly.
e If brush holder is bent, replace it; if sliding surface is dirty,
clean.
Type 2
Type 3
SEL016Z
Yoke Check
Type 1
Magnet is secured to yoke by bonding agent. Check magnet to

see that it is secured to yoke and for any cracks. Replace malfunctioning parts as an assembly.
Holder may move slightly as it is only inserted and not bonded.
CAUTION:
Do not clamp yoke in a vice or strike it with a hammer .
Type 2
SEL018Z
EL-47
STARTING SYSTEM
Armature Check
1.
2.
Continuity test (b
No continuit
etween two segm
.
Insulation t Y ... Replace.
ents sIde by side)
C
. . est (between
.
eplace. commutato r bar and shaft).
ontlnulty exists .... Reach
SEL019Z
3. Check
Rough comm
S ut a~or surface.
... and lightly with N0.500 - 600 emery paper.
4. Check diameter of
Commutator ml" "commutator.
mmum dia
meter:
R e f er to SOS (EL
Less than spe CI'f'led value
-50) . ... Replace.
Vernier caliper
SEL021Z
5. Check depth of .
Less than 0 2 Insulating mold from
(0.020 to 003'1
~m)
commutator
.
In (0.008 in) ... Undercut
to 0.5 tosurface
0.8 m'm
Round
0.5 - 0.8 ,;,;;
~""I
Correct
~File
Commutator
SEL022Z
EL-48
STARTING SYSTEM
Assembly
Apply high-temperature
grease to lubricate the bearing, gears
and frictional surface when assembling the starter.
Carefully observe the following instructions.
PINION PROTRUSION
LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
With pinion driven out by magnetic switch, push pinion back to

remove slack and measure clearance''''
between the front
edge of the pinion and the pinion stopper.
Clearance "-E":
Refer to 50S (EL-SO).
[
,,
"T"
-L.
Clearance "
!2 "
SEL026Z
,.
Type 1
~"'ti"g
Type 2
Not in the specified
value .., Adjust by adjusting
plate.
pl."
~o'IJ
III III
~ A:iusting
Type 3
plate
,.~
~.Adjusting
plate
SEL029Z
EL-49
STARTING SYSTEM
STARTER
S114-766A
Type
M1T72087A
HITACHI
M1T77281
S114-769A
MITSUBISHI
S114-630
M3T37783
HITACHI
M2T62071A
S13-305
HITACHI
MITSUBISHI
Non-reduction
Reduction
S13-331
M2T61871A
MITSUBISHI
Reduction
Europe
Applied model
GA engines
CD20
A/T
System voltage
MIT
12
No-load
Terminal
voltage
11.0
11.0
115
Less than
105
Less than 140
Less than
110
More than
4,030
More than 3,900
More than
4,100
Less than
85
50 - 75
Less than
85
rpm
More than
2,950
3,000 - 4,000
More than
2,950
More
than
7,000
Minimum diameter of
commutator
mm (in)
28.0
(1,102)
28.8 (1.134)
28.0
(1,102)
39.0
(1.535)
31.4 (1.236)
35.5 (1.398)
31.4
(1236)
Minimum
of brush
10.5
(0.413)
12.0 (0.472)
10.5
(0.413)
11.0
(0.433)
11.5 (0.453)
11.0 (0.433)
11.5
(0.453)
Brush spring tension

N (kg, Ib)
16.2
(1.65,
3.64)
13.7 - 25.5
(1.4 - 2.6, 3.1 - 5.7)
14.7 - 17.7
(1.5 - 1.8,
3.3 - 4.0)
17.7 21.6
(1.8 - 2.2,
4.0 - 4.9)
13.7 - 25.5
(1.4 - 2.6, 3.1 - 5.7)
28.4 - 34.3 (2.90 3.50, 6.38 - 7.71)
13.7 - 25.5
(1.4 - 2.6,
3.1 - 5.7)
Clearance between
bearing metal and
armature shaft mm (in)
Less than
0.2 (0.008)
Less
than 0.2
(0.008)
Clearance 'T'
between pinion front
edge and pinion
mm (in)
stopper
0.3 - 2.5
(0.012 0.098)
Current
Revolution
length
mm (in)
Movement 'T' in
height of pinion
assembly
mm (in)
Less
than 0.2
(0.008)
0.5 - 2.0
(0.020 - 0.079)
Less than 60
0.3 - 2.5
(0.012 - 0.098)
More than
6,500
0.5 - 2.0
(0.020 0.079)
0.5 - 2.0
(0.020 0.079)
EL-50
0.3 - 2.0 0.3 - 0.8

(0.012 - (0.012 0.079)
0.031)
0.3 - 1.5
(0.012 0.059)
STARTING SYSTEM
Service Data and Specifications (SOS) (Co nt' d)
M1T72985A
S114-806
MITSUBISH I
Type
S114-800A
MOT80281ZC
HITACHI
I MOT80281
M2T49282
S114-568A
MITSUBISHI
I S114-570B
M2T48681
MITSUBISHI
HITACHI
Non-reduction
Reduction
RHD Except Europe and Australia
Australia
GA engines
Applied model
SR20DE
A/T
System voltage
M/T
AIT
12
No-load
Terminal
voltage
Current
11.5
11.0
Less than
53
Less than 90
Less than 60
Less than
53
50 - 75
rpm
3,000 4,000
Minimum diameter of
commutator
mm (in)
28.8
(1.134)
280 (1.102)
28.8 (1.134)
314
(1.236)
28.0 (1.102)
314
(1236)
Minimum
of brush
12.0
(0472)
10.5 (0413)
7.0 (0.276)
11.5
(0453)
90 (0.354)
11.5
(0453)
13.7 - 25.5
(14 - 2.6,
3.1-5.7)
12.7 - 17.7
(1.3 - 1.8, 2.9 - 4.0)
11.77 - 23.53
(1.2 - 24, 2.6 - 5.3)
13.7 - 25.5
(14 - 2.6,
3.1 - 5.7)
9.8 - 13.7
(1.0 - 14, 2.2 - 31)
137 - 25.5
(1.4 - 2.6,
3.1 .5.7)
0.3 - 2.5 (0.012 - 0.098)
0.5 - 2.0
(0.020 0.079)
Revolution
length
mm (in)
Brush spring tension

N (kg, Ib)
More
than
2,700
Clearance between
bearing metal and armature shaft
mm (in)
Clearance" C"
between pinion front
edge and pinion
mm (in)
stopper
More than 2,750
Less than 0.2 (0.008)
0.5 - 2.0
(0.020 0.079)
0.3 - 25
(0.012 - 0.098)
05 - 2.0 (0.020 - 0.079)
Movement 'T' in
heigh\. at pinion
assembly
More than 6,000
mm (in)
EL-51
CHARGING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram
GASOLINE
CHARGE -
ENGINE MODELS
EL-CHARGE-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ON or START
FUSIBLE
Refer to
LINK AND EL-POWER.
FUSE BOX
7.5A
mJ
lOA
FUSE
BLOCK
[]]
(JIB)
1~11
~
~
I~
Y
METER
COMBINATION
(CHARGE
WARNING
LAMP)
RIB
(M30)
1*.31
Y/R
Y/R
-ee-~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-l~
()~
(0:
@:
@:
@:
@:
@:
()-ID-I
Y/R
In-'
Irku@
RIB
~
~
~ @D
IJ!I
RIB
R/B@@
LHD models
RHO models
AIT models
MIT models
For Europe
Except@
~
~
~
Y/R
<t
Refer to
EL-POWER.
R/B@@
,..,JI,., ~
(E26) '"T-' ~
(E201)
(E203)YIR
EU
JOINT
~gNNECTOR
@l
<;>
{(100
<BID
Iy~I
Y/R
~~
~@jg)
Y/R
RIB
n1-lI
.,
B
!
ALTERNATOR ~
@:
@:
GA engine
SR engine
@: With tachometer
@: Without tachometer
~f1"'@
*2
*3
@30
@40
6,@
B
, @40
, @ 3
@QID
~-------------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
@,<lliD
~
~~
~~,~
~~~@D
~BR
rn::rm
GY
m~,
r-----------------,
:~~~~~~:
11m
I
L
GY
ISI
~~
I
jI
~OR
HEL 196
EL-52
CHARGING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram - CHARGE -
(Cont'd)
DIESEL ENGINE MODELS
EL-CHARGE-02
10A
[]]
Refer to
EL-POWER.
FUSE
BLOCK
(JIB)
Refer to
EL-POWER.
<f1@
I N~ll
IJ
Y
---:l,7.5A
ljJOO
(1): LHO models

@: RHO models
COMBlNA
METER TION
(CHARGE
WARNING
~
LAMP)
I ~
JOINT
Y/R
CONNECTOR-1~
RIB
f-<D-
O~
~
RIB
RIB
,c!J, ~
,ell, ~
RIB
RIB
'T"~
'T"~
<;>
J~
Y/R
~--~
Y/R
Y/R
,c:r
eMB)
l <illD
Y/R
~
eMB)
IQl::!J
I~I
Y/R
Y/R
1~lm
'T" eE202)
IclJl~
'T" ~
t~;..-__
Y/R
Y/R
RIB
<illD
Y/R
1m,
U+JI
.,
ALTERNATOR ~
!
~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
~@QJ)
~
GY
~~
aID <illD
I
~GY
<H:@
r-----------------,
:~ ~
,R.. ~
I ~
I
L
\b:.@
GY
~ ~:
lSJ
I
~I
mz:l]:l
CillIillIillTII ~
BR
HEL 197
EL-53
CHARGING SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses
Before conducting an alternator test, make sure that the battery is fully charged. A 3D-volt voltmeter and
suitable test probes are necessary for the test. The alternator can be checked easily by referring to the
Inspection Table.
Before starting, inspect the fusible link.
WITH Ie REGULATOR
With alternator side L terminal
grounded. internal short occurs
when + diode is short-circuited.
@
Light "OFF"
Ignition
switch "ON"
Light "ON"
Disconnect
connector (S,
L) and
ground L
lead wire.
'See 4) for grounding F terminal.
(HITACHI
make)
Connect
connector (S,
L) and
ground F
terminal
(MITSUBISHI
make)
Dim light
Light flickers
Bright light
Light "ON
Burned-out
bulb.
Replace and
proceed to
"@".
Light "ON"
Check or
replace drive
belt.
Light "OFF"
Engine
speed:
1,500 rpm
Lighting
switch "ON"
1)
2)
Light "ON"
Light "OFF"
Use fully charged battery.

light: Charge warning light
ACG : Alternator parts except I'C regulator
IC-RG : IC regulator
OK : IC-alternator is in good condition.
3) When reaching "Damaged ACG", remove
alternator from vehicle and disassembly, inspect
and correct or replace faulty parts.
4) *Method of grounding F terminal (HITACHI make
only)
Gasoline engine model
Contact tip of wire with brush and attach
wire to alternator body.
Engine
speed:
1,500 rpm
(Measure B
terminal
voltage)
Make sure
connector (S, L) is
connected
correctly.
~~~
;;z..'~~.~
~~/j
S$.~~' s<(r~,
;;.. ~
~.. ~
Q<:::z"d,l'T7.
~-)o,IJ!"-f/
- -~~
C); 0 ~~/
'~-/i
~-,
-~j~n
<::::;
- Brush lift wire
-~
'" 1A/-'
SEL030Z
5)
Terminals "S", "l", "B" and "E" are marked on rear cover of alternator.
EL-54
:====
~C~H~A~R~G=I~N=G~S~Y~S!:!T!E~M!...---Construction
SE~C:-.
=23=-:.-1----A5T06891
Bearing retainer
iii 3.9
5.4
(0.40 47.7)'
055
34.7
Front bearing
F'om
'O~I
~mb'~
~~~
PJ
Diode assembly
83.108
(8.5 11.0,
61 80)
IC voltage
regulator assembly
1iJ: N.m
Stator
(kg-m, in-Ib)
: N.m (kg-m, ft-lb)
SEL252SC
IiJ3.1 3.9 (0.32 0.40, 278.
34.7)
Rotor
Retainer
Front bearing
Front cover
PUlley
assembly
1iI3.1
3.9 (0.32 - 0.40' 278

. - 34.7)
37
I C regulator
assembly
R." _'"
::;
@J'
1i1(0.38.0.51,
. 5.0
33.0 .44.3)
(5.0 6.5,
36 47)
~:
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
~_... N.m (kg-m, ft-Ib)
SEL156SB
EL-55
CHARGING SYSTE
Constr uct"Ion (Cont'd)
M
SEC. 231
LR170-746E
3.14.39 .
Stator
(0.320 0.398 27.8 34.5)
Slip ring
RO'O'1
~3.14
- 3.9 (03
. 20 - 0.398 27.8 - 34.5)
~
Retainer
7.8.10.8
(0.80 1.10 69 .4 - 95.5)
Front bearing
Front cover
@,
@~
~~
~~
~#Y
Brush
3.14.3.9
(0.320 - 0.398 .~8-34~
O lode assembly
IC regul ator assembly
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)
~.
~,N.m
Condenser
(kg-m, ft-Ib)
SEC. 231
A2T82491A
[ij3.9 - 5.4
(0.40 - 0.55 , 34 .7.47.7~
\~
A83.108
(8.5 11, 61 .80)
1jJ:
N.m
~.
N
~_.. .
(kg-m, in-Ib)
.m (kg-m, ft-Ib)
MEL782DB
Pulley assembly
Front cover
Front bearing
Bearing retainer
Rotor
@ R ear
(J)
bearing
Stator
EL-56
@
@
Ie voltage reg I
Diode assemb~ ator assembly
@)
Rear cover
CHARGING SYSTEM
~
: N.m (kg-m, ft-Ib)
SEL910T
Disassembly
REAR COVER REMOVAL
C~UTION:
Rear cover
lock outer
cover, heat
Do not use
may be hard to remove because a ring is used to

race of rear bearing. To facilitate removal of rear
just bearing box section with a 200W soldering iron.
a heat gun, as it can damage diode assembly.
SEL032Z
REAR BEARING
CAUTION:
Do not reuse
rear bearing
after removal.
Replace
with a
new one.
Do not lubricate
rear bearing outer race.
Rotor Check
1.
2.
3.
Resistance test
Resistance: Refer to SOS (EL-61).
Not within the specified values ... Replace rotor.

Insulator test
Continuity exists ... Replace rotor.

Check slip ring for wear.
Slip ring minimum outer diameter:
Refer to SOS (EL-61).
Not within the specified values ... Replace rotor .
SEL033Z
EL-57
CHARGING SYSTEM
Brush Check
Type 1
1. Check smooth movement of brush.

Not smooth ... Check brush holder and clean.
2. Check brush for wear.
Replace brush if it is worn down to the limit line.
Type 2
Brush wear
limit line
SEL034Z
Stator Check
Type 1
1. Continuity test
No continuity ... Replace stator.
2. Ground test
Continuity exists ... Replace stator.
Type 2
I
I
------_~
I
SEL037Z
EL-58
CHARGING SYSTEM
Diode Check
MAIN DIODES
Use an ohmmeter to check condition of diodes as indicated in chart below.

If any of the test results is not satisfactory, replace diode assembly.
Ohmmeter probes
Positive EB
Negative
Judgement
Positive diode plate
Diode terminals
Diode terminals
Positive diode plate
Negative diode plate
Diode terminals
Diode terminals
Diodes check (Positive side)
Diodes check (Negative side)
Diode conducts in only one

direction.
Diode conducts in only one
direction.
Type 4
Type 1
Sub-diodes
Type 2
Type 5
Positive
diode
plate
Type 6
Negative diode
plate
\
\
Type 3

Diode
terminals
(Stator side)
SEL039Z
EL-59
CHARGING SYSTEM
Amount of protrusion:
Fix ring at the position
OfR~~wnlmumprotrusion.
~... ~~
,,,,'
,
- ,'.:'
,
Eccentric
'
Assembly
RING FITTING IN REAR BEARING
; .',
"
<-'>/
Fix ring into groove in rear bearing so that it is as close to

the adjacent area as possible.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse rear bearing
groovy
after removal.
Rear bearing
SEL044Z
REAR COVER INSTALLATION

(1) Fit brush assembly, diode assembly, regulator assembly
and stator.
(2) Push brushes up with fingers and install them to rotor.
Take care not to damage
SEL048Z
SEl049Z
EL-60
slip ring sliding surface.
CHARGING SYSTEM
ALTERNATOR
A5T06891
LR170-746E
LR170-504B
A2T82491A
Type
MITSUBISHI
HITACHI
GA engines
Applied model
V-A
Nominal rating
12-70
SR20DE
12-80
Negative
Ground polarity
Minimum revolutions
under no-load
(when 13.5V is applied)
rpm
Hot output current
(When 13.5V is applied)
Less than
1,300
21/1,300
50/2,500
A/rpm
Regulated output
voltage
Less than 1,000
More than
More than
More than
Minimum
brush
MITSUBISHI
CD20
27/1,300
More than
More than
56/2,500
More than
67/5,000
More than
More than
22/1,300
More than
65/2,500
66/5,000
14.1 - 14.7
length of
mm (in)
More than
22/1,300
50/2,500
Less than
1,300
6.0 (0.236)
50(0.197)
5.0 (0.197)
Brush spring pressure

N (g, oz)
4.609 - 5.786
(470 - 590,
16.58 - 20.81)
1.0 - 343
(102 - 350,
3.60 - 12.34)
0.92 - 328
(94 - 334,
332 - 11.78)
4.609 - 5.786
(470 - 590,
16.58 - 20.81)
Slip ring minimum

diameter
mm (in)
221 (0.870)
26.0 (1.024)
31.6 (1.244)
221 (0.870)
2.5 - 2.9
258
48
24 - 29
Rotor coil resistance

20'C (68'F)
at
EL-61
COMBINATION
SWITCH
Combination Switch/Check
FOR EUROPE AND ISRAEL
REAR WIPER
AND WASHER
ON
WIPER
WASH~INT
....<!jOFF
WASH
LIGHT
,-A--..
WASH
III
2ND
1~~
~
C
HI
OFF
@JEij
(Turn)
(Rear wiper
and washer)
(Rear fog lamp)
LIGHTING
I~,
2ND
B
FRONT WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH
r.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
25
SWITCH
OFF
1ST
A B C A B C
010
616
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
WI
0
-~
0
6
REAR WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH
INTERMITTENT
WiPER VOLUME
HORN SWITCH
(Without air bag)
HEL011
EL-62
COMBINATION SWITCH
Combination Switch/Check (Cont'd)
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE AND ISRAEL
lJ
REAR WIPER
AND WASHER
ON
LIGHT
0, ' 'B
INT
1ST
OFF
WASH
WASH~
FRONT WIPER
AND WASHER
[)
~
C
OFF
i ~
INT
VOLUME~
WASH
LO
~
HI
:::::.------+
fl9
(Rear wiper
and washer)
(Turn)
(Horn)
LIGHTING
~
\A
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FRONT WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH
SWITCH
2ND
OFF
1ST
B C A B CAB
C
0
6
166
:>
,""
OFF INT
13 0
14 6
15
16
17
18
LO
HI
REAR WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH
WASH
WASH OFF INT ON WASH
21
22
23
0
24
0
INTERMITTENT
WIPER VOLUME
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
II
HORN SWITCH
(Without air bag)
HEL012
EL-63
COMBINATION
SWITCH
Replacement
For removing/installing air bag module and spiral cable, refer
to RS section.
\ Wiper and washer switch
Each switch can be replaced without removing

switch base.
To remove combination
screw.
~I!!.t:~
~~
.~
combination
Switch base
MEL612D
MEL613D
EL-64
switch base. remove base attaching
HEADLAMP -, Without Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram -
H/LAMP -
EL-H/LAMP-01
BATTERY
I
Refer
4-11391
R
to
EL-POWER.
15A
~
15'
R/W
rrtil
--2NO----
2ND
OFF'-.- ....
1ST
HIGH
PASS
PASS
- -PASS - PASS
,LOW ..
,LOW"
, LOW
, LOW
.... HIGH .... HIGH -.-....
HIGH -.- ....
HEADLAMP RH
~~
HIGH
R/G P!L
a- R/G.:JJ
~B
LOW
~P/L
LOW
HEADLAMP LH
lbi=IJ~
R/B R/Y
.-
~~ R/y-I
B-. ,..-.,
i]- R/B-
HIGH
LIGHTING
SWITCH
(EtO])
~
(ffil
~
@!)
R/B ~
Next
page
@: For Europe and Israe 1

@: Except @
r---------------------,
J3L<rnJ W
[ITgJ]
'
~---------------------~
HEL013
EL-65
HEADLAMP -
Without Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram - H/LAMP - (Cont'd)
EL-H/LAMP-02
Preceding
RIB
L.
-o~
page
RIB ~
RIB
<illD <:BID
RIB ~
(HOf)
RIB
~
~o
R
<:BID
i!i
RIB
METER
C~INATION
(HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR)
I*fl
1
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
~
~
8
:
LHD models
@: RHO models
e-o-ee-o--,
@: With tachometer
I <:
@:
Without tachometer
JU."@
14 , @ 38
*2."@
15 , @ 37
:>
I
B
1 t-~
1
@@
r---------------------------------~
ITITIilllIIIIIl
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~BR
HEL014
EL-66
HEADLAMP -. Without Daytime Light System Trouble Diagnoses

Symptom
LH headlamps do not operate.
1. Bulb
2. LH headlamp ground
3. 15A fuse
4. Lighting switch
RH headlamps do not operate.
1. Bulb
2. RH headlamp ground
3
15A fuse
4. Lighting switch
LH high beam does not operate, 1. Bulb
.
but LH low beam operates.
2. Open in LH high beam circuit
3. Lighting switch
LH low beam does not operate, 1. Bulb
but LH high beam operates.
2. Open in LH low beam circuit
3. Lighting switch
RH high beam does not operate, 1. Bulb.
but RH low beam operates.
2. Open in RH high beam circuit
3. Lighting switch.
_.
RH low beam does not operate, 1. Bulb

but RH high beam operates.
2. Open in RH low beam circuit
does
1. Check bulb.
2. Check LH headlamp ground. (Terminal @)
3. Check 15A fuse (No. @ill , located in fusible link and
fuse box).
4. Check lighting switch.
1. Check bulb.
2. Check RH headlamp ground. (Terminal @)
3. Check 15A fuse (No. ~ , located in fusible link and
fuse box).
1. Check bulb.
Check RIB wire between lighting switch and LH
head lamp for an open circuit.
r,
L.
1. Check bulb.
2. Check R/Y wire between lighting switch and LH
headlamp for an open circuit.
1. Check bulb.
2. Check RIG wire between lighting switch and RH
headlamp for an open circuit.
1. Check bulb.
2. Check P/L wire between lighting switch and RH
head lamp for an open circuit.
3. Lighting switch
High beam indicator
work.
Repair order
Possible cause
not 1. Bulb
2. High beam indicator ground
3. Open in high beam circuit
1. Check bulb in combination meter.

2. Check combination meter ground. [Terminal @
(with tachometer) or @ (without tachometer)]
3. Check RIB wire between lighting switch and combination meter for an open circuit.
EL-67
HEADLAMP -
Daytime Light System -
Operation (Daytime light system)

The headlamps' low beam and clearance, license, tail and illumination lamps automatically turn on after starting the engine
with lighting switch in "OFF" position.
Lighting switch operations other than the above are the same
as conventional light systems.
With engine stopped
Engine
OFF
1ST
With engine running

OFF
2ND
1ST
2ND
Lighting switch
High beam
Headlamp
Low beam
Clearance and tail lamp
License and instrument illumination lamp
()
0: Lamp "ON"
X: Lamp "OFF"
Added functions
o:
EL-68
()
()
HEADLAMP -
System Description
The headlamp system on vehicles for North Europe contains a daytime light unit. The unit activates the
following whenever the engine is running with the lighting switch in the OFF position:
Low beam head lamps
Clearance, license, tail and illumination lamps

Power is supplied at all times
through 15A fuse (No. @ill , located in the fusible link and fuse box)
to daytime light unit terminal @ and
to lighting switch terminal @.

Power is also supplied at all times
through 15A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fusible link and fuse box)
to daytime light unit terminal CID and
to lighting switch terminal CID.

Power is also supplied at all times
through 10A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fusible link and fuse box)
to daytime light unit terminal CD and

With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
through 10A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fuse block)
to daytime light unit terminal (]).

With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied
through 7.5A fuse (No. l2~ , located in the fuse block)
to daytime light unit terminal @.

Ground is supplied to daytime light unit terminal @ through body grounds @ and @D.
HEADLAMP
OPERATION
(Daytime light cancel operation)
through 10A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fuse and fusible link box)

When the lighting switch is turned to the 1st or 2nd position
through lighting switch terminal @,
to daytime light unit terminal @.

Then daytime light will be canceled. And the lighting system operation will be the same as no daytime
light system.
DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION

With the engine running and the lighting switch in the OFF position, power is supplied
from alternator terminal CI>
to daytime light unit terminal @
through daytime light unit terminal CID
to terminal @) of LH headlamp
to daytime light unit terminal CID
through daytime light unit terminal @
to terminal @) of RH headlamp
to daytime light unit terminal CD
through daytime light unit terminal @)
to tail lamp and illumination.

Ground is supplied to terminal @ of each headlamp through body grounds @ and @D.
Ground is also supplied to terminal @ of daytime light unit through body grounds @ and @D.
EL-69
HEADlAMP
Daytime light System -
Schematic
HEADLAMP RH
High
Low
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR
HEADLAMP LH
High
Low
ill
UJ
::J
..,;
..,;
Ul
'J
0
..,;
.c
LL
WO
(fl .....
C+'
w<o
uc
ill
>-
IT
..-1.rl
UJ
::J
,...,E
LL
W"'"
.::J
ill
II-
u.-.
c .....
<0
IH
Z
::J
ill
UJ
::J
LL
LD
<oc
w<o
,...,
..... E
OlUlU
I
(9
H
I
U
I-
3:
UJ
I-+,"'"
--l
IJJ
UJ
::J
IJJ
::E
H
I-
LL
>-
H
1-1HIT
Z
(91HUJ
(fl
u,...,0.
l-
IJJ
UJ
::J
01
LL
aJ
I
U
IH
ill
3:1-
::J
LL
UJIT
ZIOUJ
H
I-L
HO
Z
(9Z
HO
IT
0
UJ
I-
Z
IT
IJJ
(9
IJJZ
(9H
ITZCL
IT::E
I
I--l
U3:--l
HEL015
El-70
HEADlAMP
Wiring Diagram -
DTRl -
EL-DTRL-01
I BATTERY I
rr::-J;::-'Jl
W~I
~I~
B/R
10A
IT]
15A
R~W :}
----B/R~
~
GS
~
COMBINATION
METER
(CHARGE
WARNING
LAMP)
~
~
Y IR
rn
I ~g~~~CTOR
B/Y
IfWlJCMID
11:1~
B/Y
-1
~
Y IR
II~IQID
1
T-' (EiQD
Y IR
~
.'-----
TAIL
FUSE
Next page
GS
B/R
<fill)
R/W
I !
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
(106)
~1401
FUSE
BLOCK
B/Y
R/W
m
FUSE
IGN
ST
IR
ALT -L
Y IR
*1
LH
FUSE
RH
BR
@: Gasoline engine
@: With tachometer
@: Without
tachometer
*2
-{9> Next
page
@ 30
@
@ 40 '@
,
40
DA YTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
(El1B)
<mID
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
~---------------------,
I
(~ITB)
(E119)
I~GY~GYI
I
L
~I
~~
BR
HEL016
El-71
HEADLAMP - Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram - DTRL - (Cont'd)
EL-DTRL-02
~
RIW
Preceding ~----Bt- R
page
{
~
BIR
==I
-------------R
LIGHTING SWITCH
BIR
rn
<U@
--2NO---
@: CD engine
@: GA and SR
engine
RIW
Irf1iI
--2ND--------------
2ND
OFF- .......
1ST
HIGH
PASS
PASS
-PASS - -
PASS
'-LOW --HIGH '-LOW __

'-LOW
'-LOW
_....
_.... HIGH -.......HIGH - .......
Preceding .....-;::;1.
page
~
YIR
~~
RIG PIL
1biJJ~
RIB RIY
~@ID=r
IctJl
Y/R
RIL
.....
~t L._._eI
YIR
I
R/Y
YIR
1r1J1
~
=r~
RIG ~
e--II-
Y/R
tJ
It
RIY
Y/R
PIL
-@>
Next
page
RIB ~
PIL
lit>
DIMMER
LAMP
OUTPUT
DIMMER
LAMP
OUTPUT
RH
LH
RIL
wf1]
TAIL
LAMP
SW
DAYTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
~
(ffiID
ALTERNATOR
~
Ffm~
ffi GY
~~
~B
r---------------------,
I
(~)
@lID
GY
I
L
@ID
GY
~
\llLt:W
<mID :
GY
HEl017
EL-72
HEADLAMP - Daytime Light System Wiring Diagram - DTRL - (Cont'd)
EL-DTRL-03
DAYTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
GND
~
RIB
Preceding
page
R/Y
<&
RIG
PIL
<m- RIB
(ffiID
TAIL LAMP
OUTPUT
To clearance. license. tail

and illumination
lamps
-.
-.- -- -- -
RIB
I
RIB
!(J
BQ
R/Y JD
1r$J1~
@
HIGH HEADLAMP
LH
LOW
RIB
Iit"S
INATION
METER
(HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR)
1*':'
~
B @
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
.-
!(J
sQ
RIG
PIL
JD
HIGH HEADLAMP
RH
LOW
1bjJ~
,.., ,..,
B
(M28)
~
@~
@: With tachometer
*3"'@
14 , @ 38
*4"'@15
, @37
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~(ffiID
~GY
~~m B
[]]JgJ]
'
I1IillIillIITil ~
~
SR
HEL018
EL-73
HEADLAMP -
Trouble Diagnoses (Daytime Light)

DAYTIME LIGHT CONTROL
(Input/output
Terminal No.
operation
UNIT INSPECTION TABLE
signal)
Connections
INPUT (1)/
OUTPUT (0)
Operated condition
Voltage (V)
(Approximate
values)
Power source for

illumination & tail
lamp
12
Power source for

head lamp LH
12
Power source for

head lamp RH
12
ON (daytime light operating')
12
Headlamp RH
0
OFF

5
Headlamp LH
OFF
6
Start signal
Power source
Alternator "L" terminal
Ground
10
Illumination & tail

lamp
Lighting switch
0
START
12
ON, ACC or OFF
ON or START
12
ACC or OFF
Running
12
Stopped
Ignition switch
Ignition switch
11
12
Engine
12
OFF
1ST.2ND position
12
OFF
': Daytime light operating: Lighting switch in "OFF" position with engine running.
EL-74
HEADLAMP
Bulb cover
Bulb Replacement
The headlamp is a semi-sealed
beam type which uses a
replaceable halogen bulb. The bulb can be replaced from the
engine compartment side without removing the headlamp body.
Grasp only the plastic base when handling the bulb. Never
touch the glass envelope.
1. Disconnect the battery cable.
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back side of the
bulb.
3. Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclockwise
until it is free
from the headlamp reflector, and then remove it.
4. Pull off the rubber cap.
5. Remove the headlamp bulb carefully. Do not shake or rotate
the bulb when removing it.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Do not leave head lamp reflector without bulb for a long

period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering headlamp body may affect the performance of the head lamp.
Remove headlamp bulb from the head lamp reflector just
before a replacement bulb is installed.
SEL995K
Bulb Specifications
Item
Semi-sealed beam
High/Low
Wattage (W)
60/55
Aiming Adjustment
When performing head lamp aiming adjustment, use an aiming
machine, aiming wall screen or headlamp tester. Aimers
should be in good repair, calibrated and operated in accordance with respective operation manuals.
If any aimer is not available, aiming adjustment can be done as
follows:
For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
CAUTION:
Keep all tires inflated to correct pressures.
Place vehicle and tester on one and same flat surface.
See that vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of

coolant, engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack and tools).
Have the driver or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.
f>
CAUTION:
Be sure aiming switch is set to "0" when performing aiming
adjustment on vehicles equipped with head lamp aiming control.
to
3 2 1 0
~ nOD
SEL226P
EL-75
HEADLAMP
Aiming Adjustment (Cont'd)
LOW BEAM
1. Turn headlamp low beam on.
2. Use adjusting screws to perform aiming adjustment.
First tighten the adjusting screw all the way and then make
adjustment by loosening the screw.
Up and down adjusting screw

,
"H":
MEL614D
I /
Adjust headlamps so that main axis of light is parallel to

center line of body and is aligned with point P shown in
illustration.
Figure to the left shows head lamp aiming pattern for driving on right side of road; for driving on left side of road,
aiming pattern is reversed.
Dotted lines in illustration show center of head lamp.

"H":
Horizontal center line of headlamps
"WL":
Distance between each head lamp center
"l":
5,000 mm (196.85 in)
"e":
65 mm (2.56 in)
Horizontal
center line
of headlamps
Vertical centerline
ahead of headlamps -
Height of
lamp centers
I
\
/~
= ACCEPTABLE RANGE
SEL2541
EL-76
HEADLAMP -
Headlamp Aiming Control Wiring Diagram -
AIM -
LHD MODELS
EL-AIM-01
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
CE106)
(HOD
.....
<BID
WIG ~~
.....
WIG -----
~bBIR ------ .....

r=B/L~&B/L
.....
BIR
I~
AI. ~1~
AI. -----
WIG ~
BIR ~
Next page
B/L ~
RIW
-w>
.I-.I=.I=.I~:.:--==--~=I-I 1-"
P
WIG
HEAOLAMP
AIMING
BIR B/L RIW MOTOR LH
mmmrnm~
\A:tW
<rn
(EAS)
GY
GY
WIG
HEADLAMP
AIMING
BIR B/L R/W MOTOR RH
mm~rnm
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
HEL019
EL-77
HEADLAMP -
Headlamp Aiming Control Wiring Diagram - AIM - (Cont'd)
EL-AIM-02
I BATTERY I
~-113.0:.1----t!J r~AI
BIR
*1
<fW
RIG
rn
0-
tt
ifill
rm
TAILIL
R/L
OUTPUT
-------'
~
WIG
BIR
B/L
HEADLAMP
AIMING
SWITCH
~
*1
~~
RIB
TAILIL
SW
Preceding
page
@: Models with
daytime light
system
@: Models without
daytime light
system
*1"'@
RIB , @ RIY
<6>J
RIL
TAIL
FUSE
(f@
k:i,
(E107)
rn
Refer to
EL-POWER.
LIGHTING
SWITCH
<ID
BIR
00
~
t
2ND
FUSE
BLOCK
(JIB)
RIG
JUNCTION
BOX
NO.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
2ND
(E10])
~ I
u@
W
LIGHTING
SWITCH
---------
RIW
WIG
DAYTIME LIGHT
UNIT (Refer to
EL-DTRL.)
~:@
BIR
~~~
B/L
R/W
I JOINT
rn
CONNECTOR-3
~
Ibi=U
B
--
i.
B
(M28) ~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~(EU9)
~GY
ITIIIII::ITillT
BR
HEL020
EL-78
HEADLAMP -
RHD MODELS
EL-AIM-03
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
(E106)
..
(E10!)
-------
.. -----
CHID
WIG ~~
WIG ---
BIR ~~
BIR -----
r=B/L~~B/L
I=.R/W
T-i=i=r~
~mmmlFh
P
rITfu\ ~
GY
WIG
~~
HEADLAMP
AIMING
BIR B/L RIW MOTOR LH
rn
RIW -----
__
---
WIG ~
BIR ~
Next page
BIL ~
RIW ~
HEADLAMP
AIMING
MOTOR RH
@
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
, GY
HEL021
EL-79
HEADLAMP -
EL-AIM-04
Refer to
EL-POWER.
FUSE]
G J
BLOCK
----I 3-, ----I
a.
R/L
N.B I
(JIB)
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(Et06)
RIG
LIGHTING
SWITCH
<lliD
HEADLAMP
AIMING
SWITCH
(8TI)
U:i=U
WIG
ll:iJl ~
B/R
IbjJJ
B/L RIW
~
B
I JOINT
<l- WIG
Preceding
page
<& B/R
<@<@-
B/L
RIW
rn
CONNECTOR-4
~
L4=JJ
.....
.....
T-, n
1 !..1 1
.....
.....
m:m:I:illIillTI ~
(M2B)
<MW
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~P
HEL022
EL-80
HEADLAMP -
Reversing
relay
Headlamp Aiming Control Description
BATIERY
A
o
1
2
CIRCUIT OPERATION
[Example]
Aiming switch "0"
When the aiming switch is set to "0", the motor will not start.
This is because the power terminals are positioned at the
nonconductive section of the sensor's rotary unit.
Thermistor
SEL465M
Aiming switch "0"

Reversing
relay
BATIERY
-t
"1"
1
2
3
Thermistor
When the aiming switch is moved from "0" to "1", the sensor's conductive section activates the relay. Power is sup. plied through the relay to the motor. The headlamps will
then move in the "DOWN" direction.
The motor continues to rotate while the rotary unit of the

sensor moves from point A to point B.
The power terminals will then be positioned at the nonconductive section, disconnecting the power to the motor. The
motor will then stop.
SEL364P
Aiming switch "1"

Reversing
relay
BATIERY
1
2
3
::-
-t
"0"
When the aiming switch is moved from "1" to "0", the sensor's conductive section activates the relay. Power is supplied through the relay to the motor. The motor will rotate
to move the headlamps in the "UP" direction.
When the rotary unit of the sensor moves from point B to
point A, the motor will stop.
Thermistor
SEL365P
EL-81
EXTERIOR LAMP
Clearance, License and Tail Lamps/Schematic
CD
.r<
rl
CD
L
.+oJ
Ul
:J
LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH
D
C
CD
......
QJ
CD
L
Ul
H
QJ
E
.r<
.+oJ
D
C
E
.r<
.+oJ
CD
D
QJ
CD
D
QJ
Cl
0
L
:J
l1J
.+oJ
.r<
3<E
.+oJ
.r<
3<E
QJ
Ul+J
Ul+J ~
4-
.+oJ
Cl
DCfl
0
E+J
DCfl
0
E+J
0
I
([
l1J
L
0
.+oJ
Cl
.+oJ
Cl
QJ
QJ
OOlOOlU
I.r<
I.ri
X
-.I ......-.I ......W
U
X
W
QJ
@@)~
TAIL LAMP RH(INNER)
QJ
r-t(J)
r-t(f).W
QJ;>-QJ;>--.l4-
......
D
0
E
cD
Cl
0
L
:J
l1J
.c.
QJ
Cfl L
0
CD
L
Ul
H
.+oJ
:J
0
.c.
LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH
QJ
>-
co >-
II
......
.c.
.c.
II
TAIL LAMP LH(INNER)
~@
II
TAIL LAMP RH(OUTER)
II
TAIL LAMP LH(OUTER)
a:
t}j@)
::>0
>([
LL
CLEARANCE LAMP RH
-'
ff-
CD
::E:
Hff-If>-C!lH
CLEARANCE LAMP LH
HZ
0-.1::>
UJ
-'
W
-.I
UJ
-'
UJ
UJ
UJ
-'
CD
l1J
HY:
Ul
UlZ
::>
::>H
LL
LL..J
=
f-
I
U
QfOC!l::E:H
([03:
LLLL-.lUl
HEL032
EL-82
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TAIL/L LHD MODELS WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
EL-TAIL/L-01
Refer to EL-POWER.
BIR
2ND LIGHTING
SWITCH
(E107>
.-
@1) @)
AIL ~
AIL
AIL ~}
Next
Page
RIB ~
A/Y ...---BLOCK
(JIB) (106)(@
~SE
AIL
...........
A/L~-[]
........
AIB
RIL
IrITil
IFfon
TAIL
FUSE
TAILIL
SW
TAILIL
OUTPUT
L-
---'
r
.-.
-0
I........
A/L~~
BIR
DAYTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
(E119)
A/Y
-@>
CLEARANCE
LAMP AH
<rn>
CLEAAANCE
LAMP LH
BoO
B
..I..
B
..I..
(37) $51>
Aefer to last page

~<ffiZ)
~W
F.=arn
L1.lf
B
(Foldout page) .
@
B
~<lliID
~
GY
HEL023
EL-83
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TAIL/L - (Cont'd)
EL-TAIL/L-02
Preceding.-at-~
page
A/Y
-O~
R/Y
(1j1.
?!f"
R/Y
R/Y "'\!d
..li1
-----
B-o
~I~
P!L
Preceding
page
*
~
AIL -
-O~
(HB)
f=iL
R/L ~
R/L
-eI
e---
ee- - -
RIL
B
STOP
LICENSE
PLATE
LAMP AH
-u:J
-R/L~}
----
R/Y
e---
~t~~~SE
LAMP LH
(Th)
Next
Page
-{9>
@: Sedan models
@: Hatchback
r.
B
.....
models
TAIL
B-o
P!L
-D
p/L
(j])
R!L~
e-
AEAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
-D
R/L ~~
B
TAIL
STOP
AEAR
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
(OUTER)
(R)
To a-STOP!L
B
.....
(f1D) . (f11)
~@
~W
~(R)
~w'
(j])
[Q] (Th)
[I[g] w '
CID
w
HEL024
EL-84
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TAIL/L - (Cont'd)
EL-TAIL/L-03
Preceding
-iJI-
page
R/Y
R/Y ..rr=1
-ud
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
B-o
..
Preceding
page
----------
~
RIL -.-
.-
@QD
R/L ~
P/L ~
RIL
.~
@@W
._
-.--
It
.---
-1---------11---
.-1--------1---
R/L~
B
RIL
-(Q
~C~~~SE
LAMP RH
(fj109)
-(Q~
@QZl
B"1li
R/L ~
B
TAIL
~4
~
STOP
$11)
45678I~
@!QD
W
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
(OUTER)
i~~~~~~~~~~
..
~~~
:::
'I
~TO
rflII' I
~C~~~SE
LAMP LH
..rr=::
a-STOP/L
~
(32)
~~~
~w'
[Q] @QZl CD 109)
IIf.g]
'
HEL025
EL-85
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TAIL/L - (Conl'd)
LHD MODELS WITHOUT DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
EL-TAIL/L-04
Aefer to EL-POWEA.
2ND LIGHTING
SWITCH
~
~
W/A
i-'
W/A
W/A
~I';I
~t:1
A/V
AIL
A/Y ~
AIL ~
AIL -------
_--B~
L
AIL ~~
... -..
A/L~~
"B~1
AI,
<ffi1) (]ID
------1-1-
.-.
FUSE BLOCK
(JIB)
(106) @Z)
AIL ~
Next
Page
CLEAAANCE
LAMP AH
rn
CLEAAANCE
LAMP LH
@
A/V
-e>
Next
Page
.....
I
I
B
$37> $51)
~@)
~w
F.=r=t
l..!.@
rn
B
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
@Q)
HEL026
EL-86
EXTERIOR LAMP
EL-TAIL/L-05
Preceding
page
--f1-......cr
R/Y
-O~
R/Y ~
R/Y
R/Y
~1(iJ])
RIL -
-O~
<HB)
RIL ~
FiL
RIL
-eI
I .-
.-
R/L ~}
Page
____
R/Y ~
Hatchback
RIL ~~
~t~~~SE
LAMP LH
aID
(J
TAIL
B-{Gl
STOP
<:lID
PIL ~
PIL
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
(OUTER)
To EL -STOP/L
T.
@: Sedan models
<Im>:
LICENSE
PLATE
LAMP
@ RH
R/L
L::-
Next
R/L "1!:J
B ~
.-e---
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
GID
PIL ~
...
TAIL
B-{Gl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PreCeding........a
page
~
(J
models
aiD) aiD
rTI2I"QIID (ill)
~w
~<:lID
~w'
GID
w
[Ql
[I[gJ
GID CID
w '
HEL027
EL-87
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TAIL/L - (ConI' d)
EL-TAIL/L-06
Preceding
page
R/Y
R/Y 1
~
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
B~
P/L ~
Preceding
page
* -e- -
<QW
- ~~ -_-1I
.........,;l.
RIL
e-
RIL ~
B
e- R/L~ -:l
RIL
~C~~~SE
LAMP LH
(0107)
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
(OUTER)
B~
PIL ~
.1
B
R/L ~~
..IR
B -,bf
RIL ()
ee
.....
-,bf
~C~~~SE
LAMP RH
(0109)
..IR
P/L
To EL-STOP/L
B
~
0311) 0332'>
fHiI' I IIjl
4567B
@QD
W
~@~
~
' W
[QJ @W (0109)
[I[g] w ' w
HEL028
EL-88
EXTERIOR LAMP
RHO MODELS
EL-TAIL/L-07
lOA
Aefer
to
@:
@:
EL-POWEA.
1361
For Europe
Except for
Europe
BIA
0----.
I
B IA
FAONT
FOG LAMP
SWITCH
(fill): @
I~I
BIA
tE1i\A\
'E!QJ;
..!i'1 CHID
m
S/A
rr=illJ
~
" 1ST
OFF,_
2ND LIGHTING
SWITCH
AIL
l
EE
FUSE BLOCK
(JIB)
(fill) (106) (]V
AIL ~3
T~
AIL -----
AIL ~8
Q~
AIL ....
AIL
tt... A/L~ ~
-s(j
-{t>
Next
Page
CLEAAANCE
LAMP AH
LAMP LH
BoiO
tt-tt
-!-
-!-
~~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
r---------------------,
J
f2TIffi~
tmm:I S
Fa ~
l1.l..J
@ID
HEL029
EL-89
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TAIL/L - {Cont'd}
EL-TAIL/L-OB
~CID
Preceding
page
-...-'f1.
~
R/L
"'_1.
-O~
R/L .IFf
"'1!::::!
RIL ~ :k!!" R/L ---.---
HB
,,'1--R/L
R/L ~
B
RIL
.-
---
RIL~
.-
---
O~
0- _ ~
R/L
<tm> :
Hatchback
models
for Europe
Australia
@: Except
,.
and
~ill)
~w'
ill)
.....B
.....B
(fi0)
(fit)
~cm
~w'
-fQ~
-[?
~C~~~SE
LAMP RH
-fQ
-[?
~C~~~SE
LAMP LH
-0
em
aID
PIL
+ To
CID
w
TAIL
PIL ~
@: Sedan models
CONBINATION
LAMP RH
~~~ER) (TAIL)
RIL~ ~~~~~INATION
LAMP LH
B ~
~~~ER) (TAIL)
t:
I._1_____
.1
l::..
ill)
PIL ~
I
.'--I
I
I .--I
I
JJ-. Next
REAR
O~
0- _ ~
~Page
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
REAR
COMBI~~~~O~H
STOP
(OUTER)
ill)
EL-STOP/L
[Q] CI[)
II[g] w '
em
w
HEL030
EL-90
EXTERIOR LAMP
EL-TAIL/L-09
Preceding
page
~
~
RIL _.
RIL ..IF"!
"'\b!
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
TAIL
8~
..
----------
F
-0--
STOP
-)
PIL
RIL~
E
~
.-.--
(824) (0101)
_
RIL ~
R/L -
-0--II
~
(0102)
0--
.1-1::
GE
~5~~INATION
LAMP RH
(INNER) (TAIL)
(0111)
RIL ~~
B
~C~~~SE
LAMP RH
hOg)
RIL ~
~C~~~SE
~~~::
LH
R/L ~
O~
CONBINATION
LAMP LH
(INNER) (TAIL)
B.rrs
~
_1
11
____
i.
~I
45678
II~w
@QD
(1311)
(1332)
Fn
(1)102)
W W
~
~
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
(OUTER)
8~
---.P/L~
i
B
~
ID103)
R/L -[1
.-1-------11----
B
~
PIL
To EL-STOP/L
@: Except
for
Europe
and
Australia
@) (1328)
W
'W
@ill)
'W
[Q] @QZ)
[]Jg] W'
(1)109)
W
HEL031
EL.91
EXTERIOR LAMP
Stop Lamp/Wiring
Diagram -
STOP/L -
SEDAN MODELS
EL-STOP/L-01
(b):
FUSE
BLOCK Refer
to
LHD modeIs
RHO models
Models with high-mounted
stop lamp
*1 ... (b) R/Y, <R> R/L
:
<HB>:
EL-POWER.
(J/8)
To
DEPRESSEDSTOP LAMP
SWITCH
EL-TAIL/L
+ *1
{ R/L
RELEASED
~
@ (@
P!L
O~
P!L ~3i1
P/L .,
P!L
'V
ctJ~
Pt,
~tP!L(IT)
JlJ'<CTION
BOX No.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
0-0
(ffi]): (b)
P/L
~(M5)
P!L
~(@
., --
I6'iA\
@ (j]g)
P/L ~
1
Y
P/L
HIGH~~g~TE~MP TAIL
P/L
[jJ aID
STOP
TAIL
STOP
REAR
~
B E~~~I~~TION
B
M.
(OUTER)
av
REAR
E~~~I~~TION
(OUTER)
<lID
T.
B
.....
Cfl0) ql1)
~~
I..!.@
Refe~ to last page

(Foldout page) .
8
f&~@)
56J8I9Wu12
m@
[I[g]
8R
~
~
@
w'
aID
w
~<lli>
~W
HEL033
EL-92
HATCHBACK
EXTERIOR LAMP
Stop Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cant' d)
MODELS
STOP/L -
EL-STOP/L-02
(1): LHD models
(8): RHO mode1s
@: Models with high-mounted
FUSE
BLOCK Refer to EL-POWER.
stop lamp on rear window

Models with high-mounted
stop lamp in rear air spoiler
~t1... (1) R/Y,(8) RIL
(J/B)
<E@
~:
DEPRESSED STOP LAMP

SWITCH
+ *1
{
EL-TAIL/L .. R/L
RELEASED
~
PIL
O~P/L~P/L~
To
<BID
<m)
0-.
PIL
~I iJUNCTION
aJ
BOX NO.2
(~g~~~CTORS)
~@:(1)
c!J ~
~
@W
PIL
P/L
i l
P'L
1l\.QJ1 (@
eb@)
P/L
P/L
~I
1
HIGH-
MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
TAIL
<01OB): @
~:~
~
B
I
.-
a ~
<W
STOP
TAIL
~REAR
a E~~~I~~nON
(OUTER)~
_. I
---
---
fEi)! I Ill) @W m
(0102)
ill
~~@
5 6 TIIV01112
45678
IJ:m
([HOB)
aR
1.I
f.
a
a
(0105)
L.iJ.gJ
~REAR
a E~~~I~~nON
(OUTER)~
(ij25)
~~
STOP
......
"="
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~@)@
~~
WEJ
GY
w'
HEL034
EL-93
EXTERIOR LAMP
Back-up Lamp/Wiring
Diagram -
BACK/L -
EL-BACK/L-01
FUSE
BLOCK
lOA
Refer to EL-POWER.
<D:
(J/B)
[]]
(f106)
(8):
@:
@:
@):
@:
I Q.61
Y
I
O~
ern
@ID
Q)
i>
@QID
Q)
LHD models
RHD models
A/T models
MlT models
LHD models with CD engine
Except LHD models with CD
engine
~l -
t4._".)~
m
BACK-UP
LAMP
SWITCH
@D:@
OTHERS
INHIBITOR
SWITCH
~:@
~
G/W

G/W
O-::E--- .....
-------,
O~
~ern
G/W ~
G/W -,..
<]=>
c @@ ~
.r:-<f t
G/W ~O--IO~
G/W ~
([ill) @
G/W ~
G/W ~
G/W ~}
CHID
G/W
Next page
-@>
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
~~
rn:tilllID
~
~B
cf]:g)
@D
GY
mi\~
~
GY
~WV
~W
(E23O)
HEL035
EL-94
EXTERIOR LAMP
Back-up Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)
BACK/L -
EL-BACK/L-02
~
G/w-eb
Preceding
page
(MID@
HB
G/W
G/W
"
B
Iffi
I~i
@ill): @
LAMP
LH
C~INATION
(INNER)
(BACK-UP
LAMP)
c:IID:
I!II
G/W REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP
RH
(INNER)
(BACK-UP
LAMP)
~
B
(0103)
W'
QlliD
W
~lllllml
45678
@QD
rr:r:g:@fi,mtIZIID
aID:
~
<TIQ)
w'
G/W REAR
w'
i!l
4>1m~
en:> GID
(IT)
(MID
G/W
m:z:IID
REAR
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
(INNER)
(BACK-UP
LAMP)
m@
G/W
G/W
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
(INNER)
(BACK-UP
LAMP)
([)103): @
~@)
G/W REAR
~@
f---.t
II
G/W
~(O101)
B ~
I

0
~t
G/W~
~
24
@Qg)
LHO models
RHO models
@: Sedan models
@: Hatchback models
~G/W~G/W~G/W
<h> :
<ID :
QID
(TwO
~(lli)
45678
m (0102)
Ww
HEL036
EL-95
EXTERIOR LAMP
Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram -
F/FOG -
LHD MODELS WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
EL-F/FOG-01
I BATTERY I
~-t~-:-I
-------rm~
I
FUSE
BLOCK
.......
BIR
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
(120)
OR
R/L
OIR
11:lt I:!JIIn
BIR
Ii1'1n
LIGHTING
SWITCH
FAONT
FOG LAMP
U RELAY
l!:i=!J
GY/R
ORIB
(103)
LI
(107)
GY/R~Next
i---'
ORIB
BIR
m
TAIL/L
FUSE
RIB
Iff1n
TAIL/L
SW
ORIB
I~II
RIL
~rONTFOG
LAMP
FOG
LAMP
LH
FFOOT
TAIL/L
OUTPUT DAYTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
<EnID
RH
1bi=H@
~~
-B
~
~
rn
~~1
GY
page
dJg)@)@
GY , GY
+~103l
5
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
(120)
HEL037
EL-96
EXTERIOR LAMP
Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)
GY/R
R/Y
precedin9-4 Y/R
G
page
~
....
R/Y +To
EL-R/FOG
B +To
EL-R/FOG
REAR
no
FOG LAMP
RELAY
U0
EL-F/FOG-02
1 TI
1----1-------
F/FOG -
4=Jl
GY/L
GY/L
....
ng:AU~
(BID
GY/L
GY/L
R/G +To
EL-ILL
R/G
m m
FRONT
ILL FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
OFF--
<f1!ID
~
1-_1
W~INT
CONNECTOR-1
@
~
B
T.
B
-!@
2
376
~ 4
GY
I1III'ITillilli ~
~(fill)
IIDIDID
B
-!~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~BR
HEL03B
EL-97
EXTERIOR LAMP
Front Fog Lamp/Wiring
(Cont'd)
Diagram -
F/FOG -
EL-F/FOG-03
I BATTERY I
1
~75A
15A
LtJ[]]
CD
RIL
OFF-
~~2
W/R
________
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
(E120)
~
OR
R/L
LIGHTING
~
SWITCH
IlOA
441
(El0n
2ND
WIR
FUSE
BLOCK
II!I
I~II"AONT
n
Ibi=!l
IbjJI 00>
FOG LAMP
RELAY
GYIL <f!W ORIB

n9:AU (~:)
GY/L
1_--1---11.--------RIG
~Y.1/~
...
IT1rTI
EL-ILL
--e
ll
FRONT
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
ILL
RIG +To
ORIB
OR/B
~
I~i
I~I
.'--
FOG
FRONT
LAMP
LH
CONNECTOR-1
@
T rl!
(E103)
ITlIIillIill1II
~~
~
~
@~
A
TL
~~
I I
e----e
I
I
I JOINT
FOG
FA~T
LAMP
RH
~
(51)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
12i1l=.;fI@Q)
~@~
~B
Gy'GY
~BR
HEL039
EL-98
EXTERIOR LAMP
Front Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)
F/FOG -
RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE
EL-F/FOG-04
I BATTERY I
~10A
L:J 1361
15A
B/R
rrf1D
II!'
t ~
R!L
LIGHTING
SWITCH
CEW
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
(EfOO)
(120)
OR
. I~In (RONT
FOG LAMP
U RELAY
~m
GY!L
OR/B
117\,1~
~@)
GY/L
1-1-----
-----ell
FRONT
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
~
ILL
OR/B
I!\
. --B
CONNECTOR-1
" n
B
B B B
1 i.l 1
A~
T
L
ITIillIillITIIT
~
FOG
FRONT
LAMP
LH
!JOINT
~
OR/B
llJ~
RIG. To EL-ILL
i!'1
FOG
FRONT
LAMP
RH
~@9>
B
e----e
Refer ta last page

(Faldaut page) .
~<MIQ)
lID[@]
~~~
\!lSJ
GY'
GY
@
BR
HEL040
EL-99
EXTERIOR LAMP
Front Fog Lamp/Wiring
(Cont'd)
Diagram -
F/FOG -
RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
EL-F/FOG-05
I BATTERY I
~'-t3.0:.I------.I----:::~--~-rn-~-A-1
~1i~
I
Refer to
EL-POWER.
~~l I.~I-- ~
BIR
RIL
i----I
BIR
.....
OFF
RIG
OR
R~G ~
O~ ~
ffi]
~
ILL
I~I~
JiJ1
CHID
BIR
~L
LIGHTING
SWITCH
0;1061
FRONT
FOG LAMP
SWITCH
~
OFF
~
DRIB
lufl@
DRIB
--,
i
L...
B
rn
ORIB
I!l
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
1!,i=!J@
,..,n
B
1 i.Jl
~@
DRIB
FOG
LAMP
FRONT
LH
I!i
@g)
FOG
LAMP
FRONT
RH
~36)
.----.
I
....
B
~
(51)
<rn>
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
[[l[[ID B
IIIIJJTIIIIIITI
@
BR
<ffg)
@,~
GY
GY
HEL041
EL-100
EXTERIOR LAMP
Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
GEL001
The front fog lamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a

replaceable halogen bulb.
Grasp only the plastic base when handling the bulb. Never
touch the glass envelope.
1. Disconnect the battery cable.
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back side of the
bulb.
3. Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclockwise
until it is free
from the front fog lamp reflector, and then remove it.
4. Pull off the rubber cap.
5. Remove the front fog lamp bulb carefully. Do not shake or
rotate the bulb when removing it.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
.' Do not leave front fog lamp reflector without bulb for a long
period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering front fog
lamp body may affect the performance of the front fog lamp.
Remove front fog lamp bulb from the front fog lamp reflector just before a replacement bulb is installed.
Front Fog Lamp Aiming Adjustment

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sure of the following.
a. Keep all tires inflated to correct pressure.
b. Place vehicle on level ground.
c. See that vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of
coolant, engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack, and tools).
Have the driver or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.
Adjust aiming by turning the adjusting screw.
EL-101
EXTERIOR LAMP
Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram -
R/FOG -
WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
EL-R/FOG-01
I BATTERY I
~'-t3.5:.'----~'4~i
Refer to EL-POWER.
~<EIQD
Irtn
"~I CHID
LIGHTING
SWITCH
~
5
112 1
<BID
r-PU/R~PU/R_PU/R~PU/R- -,
<EIQD
RI/Y
Ir
PU/R
J
R/Y PU/R GYIR
a~W:i:II~AR
FOG
LAMP
RELAY
I!:iJI ~
B
RIG
JUNCTION BOX
NO.2 (JOINT
CONNECTORS) ~
(109)
WIPU GY!L
nTi1
t
RIG
PU/R
m rm
LAMP
SWITCH
@
I~
OFF
I~JI
To
-:~~~:
~ -F /F:~/R
REAR
ILL FOG
..
~E-ILL
IWI
T T
1--1
+ EL-BUZZER I
rn
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
W/PU.I'f;:---.Next
"........page
f.
B
-!-
-!-
f.
B
-!-
@D
r--------------------~
-!~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
I
I
~~
: ....R%i5<=.-I...........I-I1 (E~09)
I
L
~BR
I1IIIIIIIIIIlII ~
~BR
HEL042
EL-102
EXTERIOR LAMP
R/FOG -
(Conl'd)
EL-R/FOG-02
Preceding
page
----1l- W/PU
~
@:
@:
Sedan mode Is
Hatchback
models
W/PU
(E117)
~@[)
W/PU
l~--I
W/PU
W/PU
W/PU
W/PU
I
i!i
W/PU
ICiJI~@
IciJl ~@QD
W/PU
~5:INATION
LAMP LH
(INNER)
II 8 II (REAR FOG)
'=r' (lli: @
8
I
I!II
~
INATION
LAMP
LH
(INNER)
II 8 II (REAR FOG)
=r
(0103): @
il
~{ill),@
~W
Iltil@QDW
45678
~I
~
~
(lli, CQl03)
W
HEL043
EL-103
EXTERIOR LAMP
Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)
WITHOUT DAYTIME
R/FOG -
LIGHT SYSTEM
EL-R/FOG-03
BATTERY
.------rfl
[jt::1
R
Refer
Wi;,;i
~~
I
__
LIGHTING
SWITCH
EL-POWER.
(b):
(8):
~
(fl09)
CHID
CHID
~PU/R~PU/R
<EW@
I~
]llfEAA
n
O-ee-PU/R~PU/R~PU/R-
14
R/Y PU/R
LAMP FOG
RELAY
JUNCTION BOX II11JI

No.2 (JOINT
=r'
CONNECTORS)PU/R
PU~R
~.
o@> ~:~~
PU/R.
REAR
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
~
~
i--l
B
,..,
a
ILL
OFF
~ -BUZZER
RIG
INO
W/PU
RIG .~~-ILL
m m m
W/PU
r-
~Ot
Ibi=U Ibi=JI ~
B
LHO models
RHO models
m CHID
to
I JOINT
-I
B
~
rn
~
5g~~~CTOR-3 @: (b)
CONNECTOR-4@: (8)
B ~
r--------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
IIIIIillJIlIIil ~: <D
~~
~~
T
[JQII~
L
~aR
IIIIIillJIlIIil ~: <ID
~
P
HEL044
EL-104
EXTERIOR LAMP
R/FOG -
(Conl'd)
Preceding
page
4
~
EL-R/FOG-04
w/pu..,
<C>I'001
<1):
w/pu
w/pu
r::::b (illZ)
(EfO!)
I~I@)
~@
w/pu
~CMID
I~I(@
~
w/pu
LHO models
:
RHO models
@:
@:
Sedan
models
Hatchback
models
r.l.
O~
f~---I
~-----~
w/pu
w/pu
IciJl @
~
@lQD
w/pu
t-----.~
IrtJl ~
wf@>wf
em
w/pu
I!II
~~
w/pu
~INATION
LAMP LH
i!11
~~~INATION
LAMP RH
(INNER)
1\ 8 1\ (REAR FOG)
=r@:@
(INNER)
1\ 8 1\ (REAR FOG)
=r
GID:@
1>
(INNER)
1\ 8 1\ (REAR FOG)
(INNER)
1\ 8 1\ (REAR FOG)
=r(D103):@
=r
~~INATI~
LAMP LH
~__ 5J>
'-I
.....
8
I!I
w/pu
W/pu
~~INATION
LAMP RH
@ill):@
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~W1),(f1g)
~W
fil' I'~
45678
@QD
W
~
~
(U), GID,(0103),
W
(DiU)
HEL045
EL-105
EXTERIOR LAMP
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lampsl
Schematic
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP LH
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP LH
REAR COMBINATION
COMBINATION
LAMP LH
METER (TURN LH)
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP RH
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP RH
REAR COMBINATION
fZH
OZ
H::::>
f-
(Y)
<((I
COMBINATION
LAMP RH
METER (TURN RH)
nJ
ZW
HI
rJ)(f)
~
u...
-
([
W
(f)
::::>
u...
W
ff<i
co
HEL052
EL-106
EXTERIOR LAMP
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Wiring
Diagram - TURNLHD MODELS
EL-TURN-01
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
___
RIG. To EL-ILL
RIG
m
HAZARD
ILL SWITCH
~
t JUNCTION BOX NO.2

I (JOINT CONNECTORS)
LG
25
~
2~
LG
LGt
ffl IFtiI
POWER OCT
~
G/Y
12';1
12~1
-,
-G/B~
CBID~
2~
G/Y
G/Y
ml~1
LG
2~
G/Y
G/Y ~
2~
G/B
-G/B~
2~
G/Y
@)
Ibj:!J
LG
. .
1231
G/B
TURN
SIGNAL
LAMP
SWITCH L
G/B
COMBINATION
FLASHER
UNIT
GROUND
2~
LG
~12~1
G/R
~
G/B
G/B
CBID
------'.
m 11f!]~
54213
To
EL-TURN
-03
-f> Next
page
1241 JUNCTION BOX

NO.2 (JOINT
G/Y CONNECTORS)
~
G/Y
IriJ~----~$1
___ t.GI" ~ GIV ,
WID
G/Y
-@>
- G/Y~}
_
.-
G/B ~
Next
page
Refer to last page

(Foldout
F1i21~
'"TIT
page) .
c:I:Q]] (E110)
~W
HEL046
EL-107
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TURN - (Cont'd)
EL-TURN-02
@;
GA engine without dual

air bag system and ABS
@; Except@
preCeding{~
page
~
~
..........
1
:~
G/B
---I-----Ie-----.
~o
I$I::+B
G/Y
~O
G/Y
G/B
1!lfQ2~
TURN
I!ISIDE
SIGNAL
SIGNAL
LAMP RH
1I111@:<B108)
'=r='@:
II111LAMP LH
=w=
.L~+
~O
Icrl~
~~
I~B
TURN
SIGNAL
ILall LAMP RH
=w=~
'=r=' ~
-t-,
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
..&i ~
@ (B108)
GY , GY , GY
lIIIIIIIIIlIIII
TURN
SIGNAL
11211LAMP LH
1!IF~T 1!I~T
B
-------Ie--i
...,1
B
(tlg)
G/Y
NB
~O
Preceding ~
page
~
(il)
G/B
<82B)
....g,~
l..!@j
'
r-t
.....
(868)
~I
4567B
.....B
4;51)
11[Il~
@)
~BR
HEL047
EL-108
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TURN - (Conl'd)
EL-TURN-03
<]):
@:
@:
@:
<8- G/Y
TO
EL-TURN
-01
GIS
<Qfo
GIY
Sedan models
Hatchback models
With tachometer
Without tachometer
~H"'@37.
@14
*2"'@36.
*3"'@17.
@12
@13
:::-l
~GlBl I
GIS
G/Y
mITn
I *~ I
LH
COMBINATION
METER (TURN)
G/B
CMID
G/Y
I~~----------~~I
RH~
<fill)
.....
---I----I~
.-----1---,0
I
B/R ~3
G/S@
<
G/Y
G/S@
G/Y
~----------~
~~~INATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
~l
I!i
~~~~
" 4"
/I 4 " (TURN SIGNAL)
I!\
(OUTER)
I!I
~~~
G/B
G/S@
G/Y
~Q~INATION
LAMP LH
SIGNAL)
SIGNAL)
.------.
B
I
I
I
I
B
~
SiR
~
~
<B11)
B
~
G/Y
~
~~INATION
LAMP
LH
(OUTER)
(TURN SIGNAL)
=r <:m
~~INATION
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
=r GID
.------ .
S
I
I
I
I
u::IillHJ
@, ~,
W
@,
aID
~@
~W
HEL048
EL-109
EXTERIOR LAMP
RHO MODELS
EL-TURN-04
Refer
FUSE
BLOCK
to
@:
@:
EL-POWER.
For Europe
Except
for
Europe
(JIB)
Qill)
1--- RIG.
To EL-ILL
RIG
m
HAZARD
SWITCH
~
LG
t
I
LG
11211
~""iF
POWER OUT
GROUND
LG:m.
~~
""iF
TURN SIGNAL
LAMP SWITCH
I7
~~~~~
~~
rn~ ~
G/B ~
il
rn
..J"i-.....
G B -
G/Y
~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
~2
To
EL-TURN
G/Y
II 3 II II 3 II
G/B
<BID
G/Y
1~~----i~1
t_
G /B~
-[B>
G.'Y
G/Y
1__
G/B
~--------------------------,
W
lID"'
mm:ITI1lIIIIJJi ~
~BR
(M20)
B
-06
G/Y ~
G/Y~}
1
-@>
1------------------
54213
page
""iF ""iF
~g~~~CTOR-1
fIrn' ,'IIl~
Next
G/B~
Ibi=Jl
G/B
LG
-u>}
G/B ~
~G/B-
COMBINATION
FLASHER
UNIT
1_-
~G/B~
LG
II 2 II
1r211~
eMS) ~
LGt
G/R
L~JOINT
~
I../B CONNECTOR G/Y
db
-4
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
I:TIIJ
: @OI[g]
(E110) : @
W
I
L
--.CQ"l ~
rmm
:@
W
Next
page
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
:
~I
IIDIillIillIITi ~
~P
HEL049
EL-110
EXTERIOR LAMP
Diagram - TURN - {ConI' d)
EL-TURN-05
-@: GA engine without dual
~
Preceding
page
air bag system and ASS
GIS
@: Except <@)
<efG/Y----~
I.'----..
GIS
~o
I$I~;'~
+B
G/B
~O
G/B
'!II~Q~~ I~I i!'1

G/B
SIGNAL
LAMP LH
II UI @ : (8108)
9F'@:~
TURN
FRONT
SIGNAL
ILZJI LAMP LH
"=r' ~
~O
~O
TURN
SIDE
SIGNAL
II111LAMP RH
"=r' @
G/Y
I!I
TURN
F
RONT
SIGNAL
II211LAMP RH
9F' ~
L!---.I
===~+
'Cfl'@
G/Y
NB
~
~
..
Preceding
page
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
rT. n
~~
B-
1itl <MW @
<.!J.g) GY
GY
(8108)
,
GY
I-J
...g.,~
L.!..l.J
li.Jl
B
(M28)
<MW
il
<8W
~
B
'
lTIillIillIITil ~
~P
HEL050
EL-111
EXTERIOR LAMP
EL-TURN-06
ill:
To
EL-TURN
-04
<@a
G/Y
G/B
@:
@:
@:
Sedan modeIs
Hatchback models
With tachometer
Without tachometer
*1... @ 37 . @ 14
*2"'@36.
@12
*3"'@17.
@13
<eo G/Y:;-'
<go
G/81 I
G/B
G/Y
mill!
I *~I
RH
LH
B/R ~3
1..
COMBINATION
METER(TURN)
G/B
G/Y
I~~----------~~I
G/B@)
G/Y
-----I------~
-----1
@ ..
----11
<
HB)
~,.
G/B~
G/B
G/Y
G/Y
$----------$
(IT)
G/B
G/Y
I!l ~~~INATION
I!I ~:INATION~1~~~INATI,..1!1~~INATION
LAMP LH
LAMP RH
LAMP LH
LAMP RH
(OUTER)
(OUTER)
(OUTER)
(OUTER)
II 4 II (TURN SIGNAL) II ~UI(TURN SIGNAL) ILA II (TURN SIGNAL) ILAJI (TURN SIGNAL)
=r~
=r@
B/R
~
<8gz)
I
I
B
~
~
=r CfID
.-----.
I
I
B
=r@
~
~
.--
I
I
CTiD)
B
1
I
I
....
B
(fin
r--------------------------------------------------,
--.CQL ~,
~
(B2B),
@,
GID
HEL051
EL-112
EXTERIOR LAMP
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps/Trouble
Diagnoses
Symptom
Turn signal and hazard warning
lamps do not operate.
Possible cause
1. Hazard switch
2. Combination flasher unit
3. Open in combination flasher
unit circuit
Turn signal lamps do not operate

but hazard warning lamps oper-
1. 7.5A fuse
ate.
2 Hazard switch
3. Turn signal switch
4. Open in turn.signal switch cir.
cuit
Hazard warning lamps do not

operate but turn signal lamps
operate.
2. Hazard switch
3. Open in hazard switch circuit
Individual turn signal lamp or
1. Bulb
2. Grounds
1. Check 7.5A fuse (No. [ill, located in fuse block).

Turn ignition switch ON and verify battery positive
voltage is present at terminal @ of hazard
switch.
2. Check hazard switch.
3. Check turn signal switch.
4. Check harness between combination flasher unit
terminal @ and turn signal switch terminal G)
for open circuit.
located in fuse block).
1. Check 10A fuse (No.
Verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal @ of hazard switch.
3. Check harness between combination flasher unit
terminal @ and hazard switch terminal @ for
open circuit.
1. Check bulb.
2. Check ground circuit for the bulb.
Combination Flasher Unit Check
Test lamp (27W)

\

2. Refer to combination flasher unit check.
3. Check wiring to combination flasher unit for open
circuit.
ffiJ ,
1. 10A fuse
turn indicators do not operate.
Repair order
I /
/
Before checking, ensure that bulbs meet specifications.

Connect a battery and test lamp to the combination flasher
unit, as shown. Combination flasher unit is properly functioning if it blinks when power is supplied to the circuit.
Battery
SEL 122E
EL-113
EXTERIOR LAMP
Bulb Specifications
Wattage (W)
Front turn signal lamp
21
Clearance lamp
Front fog lamp
55
Side turn signal lamp
Rear combination lamp

Turn signal
StoplTail
21
21/5
Tail
Back-up
21
Rear fog
21
License plate lamp
High-mounted stop lamp

Bulb type (Sedan)
5 (x6)
Bulb type (Hatchback)
21
LED type
4.6
EL-114
INTERIOR LAMP
ilium ination/Schematic
rl
Q)
ro
Q)
L
(J)
E
.rl
Q)
D
C
.rl
E
Q)
ra
L
(J)
H
..-;
Q)
D
0
E
0
I
a:
Q)
c
ro
Q)
Q
L
0
0
L
::J
lLJ
'<-
L
0
LL
+J
Q
OJ
U
+J
ro
+J
>
Q)
+J
::J
0
.c
E
0
.c
.c
+J
.rl
.rl
+J
3E
3E
Q)
Q)
(J)+J
(J)+J
r-l(/)
r-1(J)
OJ>
D(J)
0
E+J
OJ>
D(J)
0
E+J
.c
COMPACT DISK DECK ILLUMINATION
+J
.c
.c
+J
(J)
W
-!
EI
REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH

ILLUMINA TION
+J
.rl
DL
Q..-;
OJ
OOlOOlU
I.r-l
I-rl
lLJ
---1.---1
---1.---1
@@@)~
FAN SWITCH ILLUMINATION
Q)
ra
0
L
::J
lLJ
(J)
ra
+J
>
OJ
D
0
L:
HEADLAMP WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

ILLUMINA TION
e ~@
HAZARD SWITCH ILLUMINATION

II
GLOVE BOX LAMP
GLOVE BOX
LAMP SWITCH
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH

ILLUMINA TION
RADIO ILLUMINATION
I
U
f-
lLJ
UJ
3:
UJ
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
LL
Z
ZO
HL
AIT INDICATOR
f-O
ILLUMINATION
ZU
cc:JU
COMBINATION
METER
CLOCK
METER
METER
>a:
lLJ
f-
f-
lLJ
ILLUMINA TION
L:
HfI-If-
EE
>-cc:JH
HZ
O-!~
lLJ
UJ
LL
ILLUMINATION
CONTROL SWITCH
FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH

ILLUMINATION
IZ
U
Ilf-
Occ:JL:H
a:O3:
LLLL-!UJ
HEL060
EL-115
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Wiring
Diagram -
ILL -
EL-ILL-01
BATTERY
::.
Refer to EL-PDWER.
75A
1361
BIR
I
O~-----I.
DL
BIR ~
Next page
BIR
rr=m
LIGHTING
SWITCH
LIGHTING
SWITCH
~:@)
~:@
<R>:
BIR
@:
RIL
@):
rmwfnJ
TAIL TAIL/L
FUSE SW
TAILIL
OUTPUT
@:
DAYTIME
LIGHT
@:
@:
UNIT
<mID
*1'"
LE
RHOmodels
LHD models without
daytime light
system
Except@
light
system
Except @
@R/B.@R/Y.
<])RIL
RIB
I._-:~)I__
.IO~O-
*1
II@> Next
page
r------------------------~
~<ffiID
~GY
L
HEL053
EL-116
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Wiring
Preced ing
page
{<&
~
~
Diagram -
ILL -
(Cont'd)
EL-ILL-02
~f!
BIR
Next
FUSE
BLOCK
page
(JIB)
@ , (E106)
IN.81
*2.
B/R~
I~I
BIR
To EL-F/FOG.
I t
0-
CHID
IN.81
I ~
RIG
-(C:-
~TO
RIG
EL-ILL-05
EI
OR
RIG
FRONT
FOG LAMP
SWITCH
([@: @)
I!I,
FOG LAMP
FRONT
SWITCH
(ILLUMINA nON)
~([@:@
B
To EL-F IFOG
:
:
@:
@:
@:
@:
.OR/B
LHO modeIs
RHO models
LHO models without
daytime
light
system
Models with
daytime
light
system
Except
@
if! . ..
<QD RIB. @ R/Y. 
*2'"
<DR/G.@R/L
EI
JOINT
RIL
Next
page
CONNECTOR-1
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~(fITQ)
rnJm]
CillIIITIIITIII ~
BR
HEL054
EL-117
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Wiring
Diagram -
ILL -
(Cont'd)
EL-ILL-03
Preceding
page
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
RIG
METER
ILLUMINATION
@
ILLUMINATION
CONTROL
SWITCH
ILL
lbiJl
IbiJI ~
B
*6
B BR/Y
<W
It
':31METER
"'I~
~O
1*.51
*6
@:
@:
@:
@:
BR/Y BR/Y BR/Y
*3'"
*4'"
*5 ...
1_~_m_m_51
JOINT
CONNECTOR-5

Except @
Models with tachometer
Models without
tachometer
@ 27. @ 11
@34,@
@ 29, @ 10
@ B.@BR/Y
*6'"
B
~:@
Preceding
page
COMBINATION
METER
@
ILLUMINATION
~:@
~
RIG
Next page
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
ITillJ~
~W
L
~~
~OR
ITIIIII1IIITIil ~
BR
HEL055
EL-118
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Wiring
Diagram -
ILL -
(Cont'd)
EL-ILL-04
Preceding
page
Next page
FUSE
BLOCK
(JIB)
UN.BI
IN:I
RIG
RIG
RIG
4
RIG
II!'I
AIT
INDICATOR
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMIA9<TRAY
NATION
lbi=U@)
~~@)
Preceding
page
RIG
RADIO
(ILLUMINATION)
~
Irtil
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
@
I!4Jl
B
:
<R>:
I
.-O~O...,
I <:
:>
LHO models
RHOmodels
If-II
~~
~@
[IgJ
~W
ITIillIilllIITI
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
(M44)
~BR
HEL056
EL-119
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Wiring
Diagram -
ILL -
(Coni' d)
EL-ILL-05
FUSE
BLOCK
Preceding
page
<I:>: LHD mode 1s
:
(JIB)
RHD models
Models with daytime
light system
*9 ... <I:> 13 , @ 3
DEFOGGER
REAR
WINDOW
SWITCH
(ILLUMINATION)
~
IN.BI
RIG
IN.BI
RIG
I
RIG
Ii!9TI
i~i
Next
page
RIG
~o
RIG
RIG
~:
RIG
GLOVE
BOX LAMP
;
l!4Jl
RIW
II!'I
SWITCH
HAZARD
(ILLUMINATION)
~~
B
rn
CLOSED
~:<D
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
RIG
JUNCTION
BOX NO.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
1*.91
~E- ILL-02 <Q}r
<QD:
RIG
~
HEADLAMP
6
WIPER AND
WASHER
SWITCH
(ILLUMIII
7
II
~L:j=' NATION)
(856): <QD
B
GLOVE
BOX LAMP
OPEN SWITCH
~
I1~_I;
LL
CONNECTOR3
JOINT
---------------------'
~~
~
W
~@
rIIII:ITITillTI ~:
~~
[Q]~
[IIg]
<D
BR
Next~:
<D
page
JOINT
( CONNECTOR-4
~:
1Irn','1Il~
54213
alll@~
45231
BR
rIIII:ITITillTI ~:
~
<ID
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .

HEL057
EL-120
INTERIOR LAMP
Illumination/Wiring
Diagram -
ILL -
(Cont'd)
EL-ILL-06
JUNCTION
~3~I~~.2
~~-ILL-03
RIG
~~~~ed1ng
~!r<DS)
~J
~;--I--------II~JI
~
.!r
RIG
(!II
RIG
(1
12-31 COMPACT
DISK DECK
(ILLUMINATION)
LAMP
REAR FOG
SWITCH
(ILLUMINATION)
FAN SWITCH
(ILLUMINATION)
~:<ID
~~:@
~:@
RIG
RIG
RIG
CONNECTOR-4
~~
I~L
JOINT
CONNECTOR-2
~:<D
Preceding
page
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
~:@
~
B
<D:
@:
@:
@:
*9 ...
~~
~BR
LHD models
RHO models
For Europe and
Except
@
<D
13
e-o-::c-o..,
Israe
(M28)
:>
I
B
1 1--1 i...J
,@ 3
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~~
Ww
IIIIlII:illIill ~: <D
~BR
I <:
IIIIlII:illIill ~:
~P
HEL058
EL-121
INTERIOR LAMP
Interior, Spot, Trunk Room and Luggage Room
Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L LHD MODELS
EL-INT/L-01
@: Sedan models
FUSE BLOCK
@: Hatchback mode Is
@: Models with sun roof
@: Models without sun roof
Refer to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
~
@)
IIT.311
IN;31
RIB RIB
@@)
RIB 1II1} RIB
I
O~
RIB
ROOM
i~iLUGGAGE
LAMP
RIB
1~lrnu~
1bi=Jl@Q!)
m
(ill)
m@W
B
~@)
r.
<:ITID
~~~
~
(ill)
I:illliTI] @
~W
ITIillIITillIII
(Ql05)
B
-!~
B
-!@
<f@
-!-
-!-
R/W ~Next
page
wCBID(@@
rh-f:l@
BOX No.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
R/W
rn::g]
JLNCTION
~<fill)
~W
II~@WW
4567B
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
I.
~CID
fHiI'
(!)
R/W
B
-!-
<BID:@)
~
= R/W
B CBD
rn
c::ID
......
DOOR
TRUNK
ROOM
LAMP
SWITCH
OFF aID:@
ON
@)
IQP~~i~--------~qpl
@llID
CLOSED
CLOSED
LUGGAGE
ROOM
OPEN LAMP
SWITCH
$@
<:BID:
ON
OFF.....
--
I
R
INTERIOR
LAMP
SPOT
LAMP
c!J@}
lbi=Jl~
c!J
RIB
~~
ROOM
LAMP
Im
RIB
W'
W'
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
n.o-r:l@llID
LUQ.LgJ
<f@
~BR
HEL061
EL-122
INTERIOR LAMP
Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L - (Cont'd)
EL-INT/L-02
Preceding ~
page
~
R/W
@:
R/W
Sedan and 5-door

Hatchback models
t'UE\
db~
IUJJI(Jg)
R/W
i---O--s -H--:l
R/W
R/W
w=h
CLOSED
FRONT
DOOR
OPEN SWITCH
(DRIVER'S
SIDE)
FRONT
DOOR
OPEN SWITCH
(PASSENGER
SIDE)
CLOSED
@
@)
CLOSED
E~@
5 Sj8I91Q1112
~@)
W
'TIT
REAR
DOOR
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
LH
@
RH
L!l
SWITCH
CLOSED
~@@
SR ' SR ' SR
HEL062
EL-123
INTERIOR LAMP
Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L - (Cant' d)
RHD MODELS
EL-INT/L-03
@: Sedan modeIs
FUSE BLOCK
(JIB)
Refer to EL-POWER.
<@>: Hatchback models

@: Models with sun roof
@: Models without sun roof
CID
IIT.31
IIN~31
RIB RIB
I
O~
CRD
RIB ~
RIB
RIB
iLUGGAGE
ROOM
RIB
RIB
IFh
IFh
LAMP
lbi=JI~
1~ITRU~
ROOM
LAMP
n=h
I!:iJIcm
R
dJ
TRUNK
ROOM
LAMP
SWITCH
4=ll
B
W'
~QID
1 234
ITIII:illITIIIT
nB
I.J
1-
12
(O101)
R/W
W'
R/W
..sa--.
Next
~page
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~am@)(][)
I:HiII
I Iii]
45678
~BR
~
@
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
I
,...,
(1)
f.
(0105)
R/W
rnA'\
1[jJ1~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
('[@
R/W
r=:b\..B.1..l
CRD
m@QD
[jJ~
B
m
qJ~
CLOSED
OFF C8!): @
.....(][):@
DOOR
~
@llQ)
CLOSED
ON
LUGGAGE
ROOM
OPEN LAMP
SWITCH
c!J@
aID:
ON
OFF.....
--
INTERIOR
LAMP
SPOT
LAMP
c!:I~
1biJI@QD
U:jJI~
~@~
RIB
W ' W
n-.,....c, (0110)
Cffi
rk-O
lli!.@
B
l..!..l2@
ITIII:illITIIIT ~
BR
HEL063
EL-124
INTERIOR LAMP
Lamps/Wiring Diagram - INT/L - (Cont'd)
EL-INT/L-04
Preceding -Bl- R/W
page
~
@: Sedan and 5-door

Hatchback models
R/W
t""TIE\
r4:,~
I~I(@
R/W
i---O--s -H--:l
R/W
R/W
IT=h
CLOSED
FRONT
DOOR
OPEN SWITCH
(DRIVER'
SIDE)
OPEN
CLOSED
@)
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
LH
CLOSED
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
(PASSENGER
SIDE)
@
RH
@)
CLOSED
rill"lcm:>
'TIT S
A~~~
lJJ
SR '
SR '
SR
HEL064
EL-125
INTERIOR LAMP
Bulb Specifications
Wattage (W)
Interior lamp
10
Spot lamp
10
Turn room lamp
3,4
Luggage room lamp
3,4
EL-126
METER AND GAUGES

Combination Meter
WITH TACHOMETER
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
o
RESISTOR
(Gasoline engine)
DIODE
\*"
\~\=S=I
=======~
,-,-----, \
1 8
2 9
310
411
12
13
@
@
514
615
716
6
27
34
~
Z
~
~
Z
~
~
Z
~
::J
--J
--J
:::!
:::!
::J
--J
:::!
~
~
Diesel engine
@D
For Australia
Except for Australia
37 36 28
12 10
30
14
I
--J
a:
a:
a:
::J
::J
l-
I-
a:
0
LlJ
ILlJ
()
~
()
I
()
is
--J
()
~
>---
~
()
a:
::J
Gasoline engine
@J
u.
u.
--J
a:
0
0
Cl
0
Cl
LlJ
<t
a:
--J
LlJ
(J)
co
co
::>
<t
u.
a:
(J)
0
--J
CD
LlJ
I
<t
@
f:J
LlJ
co
1=
@~
--J
()
a:::J
LlJu.
f:J<i!
U::~
5
29
17
13
16
18
938 15
32 41 40 42 39 26
33
31
@
HEL065
EL-127
METER AND GAUGES

Combination Meter (Cont'd)
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
RESISTOR
11
~
~
:::>
....J
:::!
33 15
40
38
UJ
0
Z
14 12
CJ
UJ
~
~
I
....J
z
a:
:::>
:::>
....J
:::!
l-
a:
z
a:
:::>
:::>
<C
CJ
....J
....J
UJ
I-
CJ
<C
u..
0.:
I-
UJ
<C
:s:
a:
....J
UJ
CJ
t=
u
<C
:I:
a:
>---ffi>---
a:
....J
[D
[D
<C
CJ
UJ
:::>
a:
:::>
CJ
0
0
0
UJ
<C
a:
[D
....J
UJ
:::>
u..
:::>
u..
....J
<C
~
10
13
32
30
36 31 4
37
28 35 29
HEL066
EL-128
METER AND GAUGES

Speedometer, Tachometer,
Gauges/Wiring Diagram -
Temp. and Fuel

METER -
LHD MODELS WITH TACHOMETER
EL-METER-01
@: Gasoline engine
@: Diesel engine
*1"'@~
@@)
FUSE
(JIB)
*2"'@
*3"'@
*4"'@
*5"'@
~
~
~----.PU/R.
To EC-VSS,
EC-COOL/F
, @)
, @)
~'
7
B
1
,
,
(E230)
6
@
7
@) B
PU/R
IFf3TI
COMBINATION METER (M30)~
SPEEDOMETER
R/Y
l4=ll
G
L/OR
R/Y
It!
db@db
1114FI~- - - iIT3FI1
......~
t
o
'T"
R/Y
I I
R/Y
PU/W
II!I
R/Y
L/OR
I~I@
I
L/OR
I, RIt
R/Y
(LeSJ
2027
L/OR
0
TACHO
SiR
8/R
Ll!
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
Cf@
ECM (ECCS
CONTROL
MODULE)
db~
~@~
'=r'(g)'=r'
1fffiFn@
ITJI<rnv
PU/W
IciJl ~:~~
CD
L/OR IU'Arn
II!@J~- - - ~lMJl
PU/W
TACHO
Ibi=ll
PU/W
FlU
TANK
I$I@
GAUGE
UNIT
(818)
PU/W
1n
PU/W
&.J
ECM (ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE)
~
CTI):@@:@m:D
(g)
1
8
~T~~ALTRANSMITTER
(E211)
_
~
r------------------------------------------------,
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
L
{W
~
~@g)
rn:rn:IZlID
~
1 GY
~2
em
~~
8
~8
~~GID
56)819101112
W
HEL067
EL-129
METER AND GAUGES

Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp. and Fuel
Gauges/Wiring Diagram - METER - (Co nt' d)
LHD MODELS WITHOUT TACHOMETER
EL-METER-02
@: Gasoline engine
@: Diesel engine
FUSE
(J/B)
....
PU/R~
To EC-VSS
*1 ... @m
*2"'@
~'
*3 ... @ 7
*4."@
8
*5"'@
1
@@
, @) (E230)
,@ 6
, @) 7
, @)
PU/R
rr=!2il
SPEEDOMETER
B/R
R/Y
R/Y
~~
I
t
R
IJ
W
rv
liJI~
PU/W
R/Y
~CBID
I$~<ID
_*-.1_ i$1
R/Y
PU/W
I I
CED
m@
+@)
11'i4F1~- - - ifI3Fll
.......~
'T"
FUEL
TANK
GAUGE
UNIT
PU/W~
db~
I~ICEID
PU/W
(818)
PU/W
In
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
B/R
~
~
COMBINATION
METER
@
@
PU/W
G
G
db(M8) db
R/Y
R/Y
WATER
TEMP.
GAUGE
FUEL
GAUGE
m THERMAL
TRANSMITTER
1...1.1
w
CE211)
@
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
<:MID , ~
~
~~
rn:rnrrIID
~~
B
~B
&~O:ID
5 6
TI19101112
@IID
1
~2
GY
HEL068
EL-130
METER AND GAUGES

Gauges/Wiring Diagram - METER - (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS WITH TACHOMETER
EL-METER-03
IGNITION SWITCH
ON or START
lOA
[]]
@:
FUSE
BLOCK
Gasoline engine
CD engine
@: GA engine for Australia
@: GA engine for Europe
@: Except @
*6"'@2
, @3
@:
Refer to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
Qill)
....
r- +
PU/R
To EC-VSS.
EC-COOL/F
PU/R
ffil
COMBINATION METER (M30)~
WATER
TEMP.
GAUGE
It
R/Y@R
R/Y
I I
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
It
IJ
L/OR
PU/W
dJ (E24)
FUEL
TANK
GAUGE
UNIT
(B18)
Ibi=Jl (E202)
PU/W
0 0 t..lI n1
B
B/R
rn
L/OR
TACHO
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
pu/w
I
G
L/OR
It.ICMID
(El0n
~@)
~CEID
ctJ(ffi>[f]
PU/W
~CMID
CD
L/OR~
~
49
~~~
PU/W
1~~_~8_i$/
~
4=U
G
L/OR
B/R
LI
PU/W
TACHO
ECM(ECCS
CONTROL
MODULE)
<ED:@
ECM(ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE)
<M39):@
~
~T~~AL
TRANSMITTER
(E2u)
r------------------------------------------------,
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
L
(BID
(El0l)
Qill)
~~
rn:tIDZ:IID
~
B
~GY
R~
L!J
em
B
~
1
~2
GY
HEL069
EL-131
METER AND GAUGES

Gauges/Wiring Diagram - METER - (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS WITHOUT TACHOMETER
EL-METER-04
IGNITION SWITCH
ON or START
10A
[]]
FUSE
(..)/B)
<M:@
I...............
PU/R~ To
PU/R
EC-VSS
Iffi=n
WATER
TEMP.
GAUGE
FUEL
GAUGE
B/R
R/Y
Ir~<-~
pu/w
ItlCMID
m
IrOJl ~::~
pu/w
I I
i FUEL
R/Y
R
""!-'~r-!-.
IW~ - - - ~LJUI
9F~"=
R/Y
R
Ifit
pu/w
G
G
m i~1R
R/Y
R/Y
I!4J1
lbj:JI
TANK
GAUGE
UNIT
(BiB)
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
'V
@ID
B/R
~
~
~=
pu/w
In
i.J.l
B
pu/w
pu/w
COMBINATION
METER
@
@
rFh
THERMAL
TRANSMITTER
(E2H)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
CHID , ~
<M:@
~~
IIDIDlIID
~
1 GY
~2
HEL070
EL-132
METER AND GAUGES

Inspection/Fuel
Gauge
~i5~
Combination
meter connector
Gauge and Water Temperature
@
INSPECTION
START
Voltmeter
CHECK
POWER SOURCE.
1) Turn
ignition
2) Check
GEL003
switch
voltage
(with
With tachometer
terminal
or
between
1) Turn
ignition
switch
2) Connect
(Temp.)
Without tachometer
termi-
2) Ignition
relay
3) Fusible
link and fuse
4) Ignition
switch
NG
Repair
or replace
Repair
or replace.
NG
Repair
or replace.
gauge.
"ON".
@ (Fuel),
terminals
battery
meter
OK
OPERATION.
continuity
nal and combination
Battery voltage should exist.
GAUGE
the following
1) Harness
(without
and ground.
CHECK
Check
items.
"ON".
between
tachometer)
tachometer)
NG
and ground
with
wire
for
less than 10 seconds.

3) Check
operation
of gauge.
Gauge should move smoothly to full

scale.
@:
@:
CHECK
HARNESS
CONTINUITY
between
terminals
as follows.
Continuity should exist.
Water temp. gauge

Fuel gauge
Terminals
GEL004
[!J
Combination
meter connectors @
~15
.@
rttEEifIEBl
{~u;:J9J
w
(With tachometer)@
Thermal
Combination
meter
connector
Thermal
transmiller
cannector
(1)
transmitter
connect~@TI)
With
tachometer
d)
d)
(1)
Without
tachometer
Fuel
tank
gauge
unit connectar
d)
fpu/
smma
(Without
CHECK
tachometer)@
~
l..m
IV
Check
DISCONNECT
~]~rr
(With tachometer) @
,-------
Fuel tank gauge

unit connector
@ID
COMPONENT.
gauge
units
and harness.
Refer to "Fuel Tank Gauge Unit Check"

(EL-137) or "Thermal Transmitter
Check" (EL-137).
Lcru
OK
mimEr")~
(Go to
on next page)
GEL005
EL-133
Refer to FE section. (Fuel

gauge)
METER AND GAUGES

Inspection/Fuel Gauge and Water Temperature
Gauge (Co nt' d)
Fuel tank gauge
unit connector @W
~
Check harness continuity between fuel
tank gauge unit harness terminal @
NG
Repair harness or connector.
NG
Check the following

items.
1) Harness continuity
and body ground.

OK
GEL006
Reinstall any part removed.
INSPECTION END
Inspection/Tachometer
~i)~
INSPECTIONSTART
Combination meter connector@
8mIIEJ
GEL007
CHECK POWER SOURCE.

1) Turn ignition switch "ON".
2) Check voltage between terminal @
and ground.
between battery terminal and combination

meter
2) Ignition relay
3) Fusible link and fuse
4) Ignition switch
OK
~i3ID
w1i7h:n
Combination meter connector @
LlOR
CHECK ECM OUTPUT.

1) Start engine.
SIR
2) Check voltage between terminals @

and @ at idle and 2,000 rpm.
Higher rpm = Higher voltage
GEL008
Lower rpm = Lower voltage

Voltage should change with rpm.
Replace tachometer.
INSPECTION END
EL-134
NG
Check harness and connector between ECM and

combination meter, or
check ground.
METER AND GAUGES

... Combination meter connector
Sensor
~i5
raJ
(With tachometer) @
SYMPTOM: Speedometer stays at 0 km/h (0 MPH).
rB3mHJB fifiE
'B/R
and Vehicle Speed
INSPECTION START
B/R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GEL009
~i)~
Combination meter connector @
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF SPEEDOMETER.

Check continuity between terminal @
(with tachometer) or @ (without
tachometer) and body ground.
NG
CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT.

2) Check voltage between terminal @
(with tachometer) or @) (without
NG
OK
Replace speedometer.
NG
Replace vehicle speed

sensor.
Voltmeter
tachometer) and body ground.

GEL003
[!J
~vehiCle
speed
sensor
This connector should

remain connected..
Vehicle speed
sensor pinion
Combination
meter
connectors
OK
[!J
CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OUT-
.
~
PUT.
1) Remove vehicle speed sensor from
transaxle.
~i5
2) Check voltage between terminals @

and @l (with tachometer) or @ and
@ (without tachometer) while
quickly turning speed sensor pinion.
Voltage: Approx. 0.5V
(With tachometer)
rEEElBBE3]
~=IR@
NG
~i5 ~
~
BmEEEa_1
RIY~oojR
(Without tachometer)
I;]
CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.
Check resistance between terminals
and @.
CD
Resistance: Approx. 250ft
GEL010
Repair harness or connector between

speedometer and vehicle speed sensor.
Vehicle speed
sensor connector ~
~i5
m
INSPECTION END
RIY
GEL011
EL-135
METER AND GAUGES

Sensor (Cont'd)
and Vehicle Speed
SYMPTOM: Speedometer indication flutters.

INSPECTION START
Is vehicle speed sensor installed properly? Check looseness and so on.
NG
----..
Install vehicle speed sensor properly.
Speed sensor pinion

OK
AEL061
Combination meter connector
~io
Do you feel resistance when turning

vehicle speed sensor pinion?
(With tachometer)
@
RIY
Replace vehicle speed

sensor.
NG
Repair harness and con-
Ii)
Vehicle speed sensor

connector @ID
~
rID
Check continuity between speedometer

terminals and vehicle speed sensor
terminals.
DISCONNECT
~y
Ie::
~'IJU
~ &5 ~
(Without tachometer)
"-=
~
No
Yes
~l
----..
RIY
_-----J
Combination meter terminal
I
I Combination
I meter
R' connectors @
I BElmmI
___________ '
Vehicle
speed
sensor
terminal
<!)
<ID
<!)
<ID
With tachometer
Without tachometer
GEL012
OK
Replace speedometer.
EL-136
---..
nector.
METER AND GAUGES

Fuel Tank Gauge Unit Check
For removal, refer to FE section ("FUEL SYSTEM").

Check the resistance between terminals (G) and (E).
Resistance
value
(0)
Ohmmeter
Float position mm (in)
(+)
'1
H
'3
MEL622D
*1 and '3: When
float
36 (1.42)
Full
Approx. 4 - 6
'2
1/2
86 (3.39)
27 - 35
'1
Empty
131 (5.16)
78 - 85
rod is in contact
with stopper.
Thermal Transmitter Check

Check the resistance between the terminals
mitter and body ground.
of thermal
trans-
Ohmmeter
Water
temperature
Resistance
60'G (140'F)
Approx.
70 - 90Q
100'G (212'F)
Approx.
21 - 24Q
~SEL233P
Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal Check

~
Vehicle speed
~sensor
~y<
1.
2.
Remove vehicle speed sensor from transaxle.

Turn speedometer
pinion quickly and measure
across CD and ~.
voltage
{/l
Voltmeter
[Y]
Approx. O.5V
[Alternating
current (AG)]
SEL840T
EL-137

Warning Lamps/Schematic
w
(f)
NATS SECURITY
INDICATOR
:J
>-
l.L
[[
W
ff<I:
NATS
IMMU
UG
CD
ABS
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
OIL
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
FUEL
FUEL TANK GAUGE UNIT
WASHER
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
DOOR
FRONT DOOR SWITCH
(Driver's
side)
FRONT DOOR SWITCH

(Passenger
side)
f-
W
(f)
3:f-
:J
(f)[[
l.L
REAR ODOR SWITCH LH
<I:
Zf-
O(f)
H
REAR ODOR SWITCH RH
f-L
HO
Z
C!JZ
BELT
WARNING
BUZZER
UNIT
HO
BRAKE
Q)
=
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
(I)
D.
0
rl
Q)
D
0
::J
W
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
ro
0
""-
(I)
Q)
(f)
ALTERNATOR
rl
ro
Q)
D
0
'M
rl
ro
Q)
OJ
c
Q)
C
Q)
.M
OJ
.M
.M
rl
Q)
C
.M
rl
0
(I)
ro
Q)
(I)
Q)
.M
C!J 0
+'
Q)
.....
0
""-
.M
rl
(I)
::J
<I:
(I)
ro
.....
D.
Q)
L
0
C!J l.L
ro
.0
ro
C
rl
(I)
::J
<I:
Q)
C
Q)
ro
C
OJ
ro
..... ~
u
L
Q)
C
.M
D
C
u
x
W
.c
FUEL FILTER SWITCH
ro
GLOW
ECM
(ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE)
0
0
D
I
lD
@@~@@@
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR
ECM
(ECCS
CONTROL
MODULE)
AIR BAG
AIR BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
UNIT
HEL082
EL-138

Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram -
WARN -
LHD MODELS WITH TACHOMETER
EL-WARN-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ON or START
10A
rn
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
@:
@):
(JIB)
Qill)
Gasoline engine
Gasoline engine
for Europe
Diesel engine
@:
COMBINATION
METER
GS
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR
NATS
SECURITY
INDICATOR
~:@)
IbjJ
ORIL@
OR
~@
rrf9il
LIB
INO LAMP NATS

OUTPUT IMMU
(Refer to
EL-NATS.)
~:@)
ORIL
~
LEO-R
I'T
I
LIB
ctJ (M71)
49
ORIL
OR
~
@)
OR
ORIL
ABS
GLOW
L B
OR
u'ECCS [~JCM
ECM
CONTROL
MODULE)
(Refer to
EC-MIL.)
GIL
CIT):@
(ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE)
(Refer to
EC-GLOW.)
(8115)
LIB
13-01
FAIL
LAMP
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
(Refer to
BR-ABS.)
(8111)
@:@)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
r-------------------------------,
IIIII~
12
~~@
1211J09lv
6 5
&~~
5 6 j819101112
HELD?1
EL-139

Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)
~:
~:
EL-WARN-02
@: Models with dual air

bag system
@: Models with single
air bag system
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
WARN -
Preceding A
page
COMBINATION
METER
FUEL
DIL
AIR
BAG
~
BR/W
~
G/A
B/A
P/L
o'
I
~CMID
~m
P/L
BR/W~
BR/W tUi5'"\
~~
~~
~~
~CW
BR/W
~
<fm)
I
BR/W
~~
G/R Q:ID
B/R
BR/W
~@
G/R
P /L
meW)
~~
~
m
BR/W
I~
W/L
AIR BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
UNIT
(Refer to
RS-SRS .)
aD:@
c:J
W/L
@:@
P/L
m
....._-
t.J J
~
o~
I
in
rE'\\
P/L ~

FUEL
TANK
GAUGE
_
UNIT
HIGH (B18)
AIR BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
UNIT
(Refer to
RS-SRS .)
~~
~
P/L ~
G/R
SPIRAL
CABLE
P /L
iE='iA'\
HIGH
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~~Q:ID
5 6 J8I9IDH
~~
~~
~B
~B
12
CHID
(E1OD
HELon
EL-140

WARN -
EL-WARN-03
~:
~:
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
COMBINATION METER ~
Preceding
page
FILTER
BRAKE
4=U
YIB
r
~
20
~ I 2..a I <ID])
Y/B
CBID
YIR
~2
CD
m JOINT
~ONNECTOR
~
ORIL
Y/R
I$~ - - - CEl0l)-- - - - ~$~

--------------~ufJl
I ~~~
YIB
Y/B
m1
_-
JUN~TION
BOX
NO.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
YIB
llWJ
YIR
ORIL
YIB ~O
~@
I~I @g)
....
RELEASED
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
~
ORIL
YIR
Y/R ~
Y/R@Z)
I~I
'=r ~
I~I
'=rCE2Q1)
YIR
....
HIGH
_-
_.
~O~
BRAKE
FLUID
LOW LEVEL
FUEL
HIGH FILTER
~~~~CH
Y/R
rn 11:"
~~~~~H@)
LOW~--
II2 II
II2 II
f---t,
B
.....
YIR
ALTERNATOR
@@@)
.....
-l
(E205)
~-------------------------------~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
L
CHID
(E 10 1)
(M19)
F.=I~
L.!J B
ITIillJIIIIIIII ~
~~
tml
~BR
Ii\Clli
tg) GY
~~
GY
IIDID:IID
r-----------.,
<ill>
@
GY
I
I ,.hh (E206)
Ilh,@
IL.
GY
~
~
I
I
(E233)
-'
1
I
HEL073
EL-141

WARN -
EL-WARN-04
@:
5-door Hatchback and

Sedan models
COMBINATION METER ~
Preceding
page
C
DOOR
WASHER
RIW
(!J~NCTI~
alP
BOX NO.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
~~
luiEll (MS)
RIW
SIP ~
[IJ(]g)
SIP
;h@
WASHER
FLUID
LOW LEVEL
SWITCH
HIGH-~
OPEN
_CLOSED
......
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
LH
OPEN
_CLOSED
......
~:@
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
RH
~:@
OPEN
_CLOSED
......
OPEN
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
smE
(@)
@)
56TII91Q1112
_CLOSED
......
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
PASSENGER
SIDE
&~GID
~@
l.1.@
f.
S
-!-
-!-
@D
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
B
CMID
<illl)
(M19)
~~(@)
[l SR
' BR ' SR
rfi2l@)
N a
HEL074
EL-142

WARN -
(Conl'd)
RHD MODELS WITH TACHOMETER
EL-WARN-05
~:
~:
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
<E:@
Gasoline engine
Gasoline engine
for Europe
Diesel engine
For Australia
Gasoline engine except ~
GA engine for Australia
~:
~:
~:
~:
*2"'@24
,~1B
COMSINA TION METER @) @)

GS
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR
ASS
GLOW
NATS
SECURITY
INDICATOR
~:@
OR
ORIL
Ictl
'4OR=Jl
LIB QQD
I$I@
I, I <WID
n=til
OR
LIB
SB
13.0 I
0U
NATS IMMU
(Refer to
EL-NATS.)
@:~
71
L B
ORIL
IND LAMP
OUTPUT
SB
ORIL~
ORIL
OR
LIB
LED-R
GIL
FAIL
LAMP
ECM
(ECCS
CONTROL
MODULE)
(Refer to
EC-MIL.)
ECM
(ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE)
(Refer to
EC-GLOW.)
@:@
ABS
CONTROL
UNIT
(Refer to
BR-ABS.)
@: ~
u1il
WARN
(SEAT
BELT)
WARNING
BUZZER
UNIT
@:@
(8111)
r---------------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
(f1lli)
(ED
IIIII~
12
~~<WID
5 6 J8191Q
@
1112 W
(8111)
~~@
12111091V
~@
6 5
~W
HEL075
EL-143

@:
@:
WARN -
EL-WARN-06
Models with dual air
bag system
Models with single
air bag system
Preceding
page
COMBINATION
FUEL
METER
@
@
OIL
AIR
BAG
~
BR/W
OA
B/R
G/R
$6
ill)
BR/W
P!L
P/L
1$1~CHID
P!L
BR/W
It:J CHID
M8
13GI
~
BR/W
BR/W~
I
BR/W
G/R <:MID
B/R
I$I@)
-!<MW
G/R
m<Ei08)
G/R
P/L~
~~
~
P!L ~
SPIRAL
CABLE
BR/W
OIL
AIR
il-51 BAG CJAIR
DIAGNOSIS
W/L
SENSOR
UNIT
O
W/L
...... _HIGH
BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
UNIT
(Refer to
PRESSURE
SWITCH
~
(Refer to
RS-SRS.)
RS-SRS.)
(fl): @
ill): @
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
L
CHID
l!Qgill.
IIL.m
(108)
BR
~~
tmm:rnJ
RCE209)
L!J B
HEL076
EL-144

Warning Lamps/Wiring Diagram (ConI' d)
WARN -
EL-WARN-07
Preceding
page
8RAKE
FILTER
lbjJ
V8
EU
~O
I
~~
~A
VR
Yffl
~<!>
.1
Y/R
~
Y/8
ffi
O~
Y 18
EU
" __
.Ji1
II~
YIR
~4
EU
JOINT
~gNNECTOR
IU"'i'A\
IWI~:~
=r'
JOINT
A'i"E'..
Y/R
~:@
Y/8
1..-0
1$1 @
Y/8
Y/8
() EU
CHID
Y18
ORIL
It~----------i$1
$100
@)
-1
WL
PARKING
PULLED ~~~~~H
~
'-HIGH
8RAKE
FLUID
LOW LEVEL
SWITCH
I4J
8
@: Gasoline engine
@: Diesel engine
@: For Australia
@: For Europe
~~6J(][)
~
ffl
11111
RELEASED
Y'R
Y/R
I~I ~
HIGH
LOW'--
~8
FUEL
FILTER
YIR
rn ':' I
SWITCH
@:@
ALTERNATOR
11---1;
I
I
...
-!-
.....
CE2(6) ~
CE51)
CE205)
r---------------------------------~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
<:BID
<UQD
~~:@
~
F.=l~
L!.J 8
m@
'IN
GY
~@:@)
u.w
OR
ffi2i3T4l
rn::tilllID ~ 8
~------------.,
: \b.@
~ CE2(6)
B
I
I
~ ~
E 8
:
I
I
.I
HELD??
EL-145

WARN -
(Coni' d)
EL-WARN-08
@:
@:
5-door Hatchback and

Sedan models
Except for Australia
COMBINATION METER ~
Preceding
page
F
DOOR
WASHER
U3i I
RIW
B/P
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
@
~(M6)
[jJ(]ID
RIW
B/P
,t,
(MS)
B/P ~
WASHER
FLUID
LOW LEVEL
SWITCH
@:@
,--
HIGH
OPEN
'-CLOSED
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
LH
~:<@)
OPEN
'-CLOSED
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
RH
@:@
OPEN
'-CLOSED
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
PASSENGER
SIDE
~
OPEN
,-CLOSED
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
SIDE
(][)
Fa@
I.1lJ B
E!l ~@~
BR'
~
B
r.
B
<rn>
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
rfi2l (89)
BR' BR
HEL078
EL-146

WARN -
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
EL-WARN-09
FUSE
8LOCK
(J/8)
:
Refer to
EL-POWER.
LHD models
RHO models
@:
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR
NATS
SECULITY
INDICATOR
4=Jl
OR
ORIL
P/L
~01> <F 1>

0
P IL f'UCi"\
~~
III7FII
T"' ~
ORIL Illii'n\
1i1'9il~
~@
~
G/R
FUEL
OIL
P /L
P/L
ORIL
f'UCi"\
~~
'9F (El0n
G/R ~
G/R ~
IlJdjl
1c!J1@ 1$1
P/L
G/R
t...oJ>
~O~
I
G/R
P/L~
c!J1illI
FUEL TANK
GAUGE UNIT
LOW (818)
~(E202)
P/L
IFh
INO LAMP NATS IMMU

OUTPUT (Refer to
EL-NATS.)
L-
__
ORIL
OR
--'
@>
0
LEO -R
4 (ECCS
ECM
HI~H-CONTROL
MODULE)
(Refer to
EC-MIL.)
(@
G/R
OIL
LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
HIGH
r.ni.Jln
888
2
ill)
~-------------------------------~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~~@
5 6 j819iO
1112
CHID
(E10!)
ill)
IIIII~
128
~~@
l21U091V
([j])
~(E202)
6 5
rn::rn:rz::tm
<:lliTI) GY
HEL079
EL-147

WARN -
EL-WARN-10
G
COMBINATION
METER
@)@>
~
BR/W
t-:l
Y/R
o~
DiAA
It
B/R
BR/W
~
<H@
BR/W
BR/W
I"UD\
:---.
t~
I
rn
I!:jJJ
Y/R
I'TIO\
1i1tn~~~
!!JI <illD I 3.G I <illD
BR/W
Y/R
BR/W~
Y/R
I"UD\
I$II~
~~
Y/R
Y/R
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
I'TIO\
IlJI <illD
<illD
t.o.i
I~I@)
BR/W
Y/R ~
.-4-,~
BR/W
m~
ViR ~
SPIRAL
CABLE
BR/W
(D: LHD models

(8): RHD models
@: Models with dual
air bag system
air bag system
-!
UNIT
(Refer to
RS-SRS.).
ALTERNATOR
@ID @ID
AIR BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
O
111511
W/L
(E205)
em
~-------------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
@
~-------------------------------~
ITlIIillIillIII
~
@
BR
<lliD
~~
~B
~-------------.,
~@
[g]lJTIJ
:IrnGY~
I
L
<tm>: I
I
.J
HEL080
EL-148

WARN -
EL-WARN-11
Preceding
page
COMBINATION
METER
~
BRAKE
Y/B
.... I
<C>:
+Y::
NR
NR
<C>
Y/B~:
.,...
~
Y/B
LOW
,-HIGH
BRAKE
FLUID
ctJ
~~~~EH '-~
BRAKE
FLUID
Y/S
<fOR
T--
Y/B
~
II1 II
~~~~EH
HIGH
,--
RELEASED
I
III,
Ef1'~O
"
l!ffi
I$I(~:;
I----.~
m
Y/S
([)
Y/B
ICiJI@
Y/B
I$ICMID
Europe
~@)
I~I ~
20
<C>
-----D-O
<C>
O-<E
~
JOINT CONNECTOR-5
~@):@
....
*5 ...
*~Y/B---~O
JUNCTION BOX NO.2
I (JOINT CONNECTORS)
~I *.5
LHD mode1s
@: RHO models
<ffij): RHO models for
<@): Except <ffij)
PARKING
SRAKE
SWITCH
~
(E51)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
(Me)
(E1Ot)
(fill)
~@)
~OR
m@
GY
t1\@
tgj
GY
R (B14)
HEL081
EL-149

WARN -
(Coni' d)
EL-WARN-12
Preceding
page
I
COMBINA nON
METER
~
DOOR
<D:
<ID:
11281
R/W
~:
*~1
JUNCTION 80X NO.2
(JOINT CONNECTORS)
~:<D
rn
'*.61
*6 ...
LHD models
RHO models
5-door Hatchback
Sedan models
<D
21
, <ID
and
JOINT CONNECTORS-1
@:
<ID
R/W
~I
m~
R/W
wt;,CMID
'iJ@
R/W
R/W
IUC'\
~@)
R/W
*~
I
.-----
_1IIIIII(~)II_.1
R/W
u=tn
OPEN
_CLOSED
OPEN
_CLOSED
.....
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
SIDE
@)
OPEN
_CLOSED
.....
FRONT
DOOR
SWITCH
PASSENGER
SIDE
~
.....
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
LH
~:~
CillIITillTIIil ~
~BR
~~@)
5 6 jelvo
r1T2l@)
lID""
1112
OPEN
_CLOSED
.....
REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
RH
@):~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
UJ
~@)@)
BR ' SR ' SR
HEL 198
EL-150

Oil Pressure Switch Check
Ohmmeter
Oil pressure
kPa (bar, kg/cm2,
More than 10 - 20
(0.10 - 0.20, 0.1 - 0.2, 1.4 - 2.8)
NO
Engine stop
Less than 10 - 20
(0.10 - 0.20, 0.1 - 0.2, 1.4 - 2.8)
YES
the terminals
of oil pressure
Fuel Warning Lamp Sensor Check
Test lamp 3.4W ON

\ , I
"
Engine start
Check the continuity between

switch and body ground.
SEL748K
Continuity
psi)
It will take a short time for the bulb to light.
Ballery
Test lamp 3.4W OFF
~0
CD
Ballery
Gasoline
MEL623D
Diode Check
Check continuity using an ohmmeter.

Diode is functioning properly if test results are as shown in
the figure at left.
NOTE:
Specification may vary depending on the type of tester. Before
performing this inspection, be sure to refer to the instruction
manual for the tester to be used.
SEL901F
Diodes for warning lamps are built

meter printed circuit.
Refer to "Combination Meter" (EL-127).
into the combination
Warning Buzzer Unit
Seat belt warning lamp is controlled

unit.
Refer to "Warning Buzzer" (EL-152).
EL-151
by the warning
buzzer

Warning Buzzer/System
Description
The warning buzzer is controlled by the warning buzzer unit.

(RHD models except for Europe)
through 7.5A fuse (No. [fA] , located in the fuse block)
to key switch terminal CD.

(LHD models without daytime light system)
through 75A fusible link (letter [.9J, located in the fusible link and fuse box).

(LHD models with daytime light system and RHD models)
through 10A fuse (No. ~J , located in the fuse block)

(Except for Australia)
through 7.5A fuse (No. ~ , located in the fusible link and fuse box)
to rear fog lamp switch terminal CD.

through 7.5A fuse (No. 11J, located in the fuse block)
to warning buzzer unit terminal @ (LHD models except for Australia) or CD (For Australia).
When driver's door is opened, ground is supplied
through body grounds @ and @
to driver's side door switch terminal @
through driver's side door switch terminal G)
to warning buzzer unit terminal @ (Except for Australia) or (J) (For Australia).
With power and ground supplied, the warning buzzer will sound.
Ignition key warning buzzer (RHO models except for Europe)
With the key in the ignition switch in the OFF position, and the driver's door open, the warning
will sound. A battery positive voltage is supplied
from key switch terminal CID
to warning buzzer unit terminal CID (Except for Australia) or @) (For Australia).
Ground is supplied
from driver side door switch terminal G)
Driver side door switch terminal @ is grounded through body grounds @ and @.
Light warning
buzzer
buzzer
With ignition switch OFF, driver's door open, and lighting switch in 1ST or 2ND position, warning buzzer
will sound. A battery positive voltage is supplied
(LHD models without daytime light system)
from lighting switch terminal @
through 10A fuse (No. @ID , located in the fusible link and. fuse box)
to warning buzzer unit terminal @>.

(LHD models with daytime light system)
through daytime light unit terminal @>
to warning buzzer unit terminal @>

(RHD models)
to warning buzzer unit terminal @> (Except for Australia) or @ (For Australia).
Ground is supplied
from driver side door switch terminal G)
Driver side door switch terminal @ is grounded through body grounds (!ill and @.
Rear fog lamp switch warning
buzzer (For Europe models)
With ignition switch OFF, driver's door open, and rear fog lamp switch ON, warning
A battery positive voltage is supplied
EL-152
buzzer will sound.

Warning Buzzer/System Description (Cont'd)
from rear fog lamp switch terminal @
to warning buzzer unit terminal @.
Ground is supplied
from driver side door switch terminal (1)
to warning buzzer unit terminal @.
Driver side door switch terminal CID is grounded through body grounds (ill) and @.
EL-153

Warning Buzzer/Wiring
Diagram -
BUZZER -
LHD MODELS
EL-BUZZER-01
I BATTERY I
~-17-5A-~'
<t
<j>
FUSE
to
BLOCK Refer
(JIB) EL-POWER.
10.
1361
7.5A
B/R
@: With daytime light system

G1@:WithoutdaytimelightsYstem
*1".@B/R
W
,@
G
*2 ...@ RIL @
W/R
@R/Y
~
*3".@R/B

! ~~1)
I.-", 1$1
1I1DI
LIGHTING
SWITCH
~
IN~41
*1
will
1431
IGN
SW
RR FOG
SW
WARNING
BUZZER
UNIT
DOOR
SW (DR) @
lbjdJ
PU/R
I!JjJJ
ttl
']'t4IJUNCTION
BOX NO.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
[
~------1I~41
<f:@)
*2
I
O~
DL
PU/R
W/R
[iJt~:1
I_-.I~o
B/R
RIL
TAILIL
SW
rm
TAIL/L
FUSE
I..-.--
OFF
\bj::tl
[jJ (]V
R
~
II1 II
DOOR
SWITCH
OPEN DRIVER'S
SIDE
IJ:i=n
rnlU....,
f.
CONNECTOR-3
<M59)
---J
DAYTIME
LIGHT
UNIT
<mID:
(]ID
CLOSED
I JOINT
RIB
TAILIL
OUTPUT
~@)
tt
Ii1'on
REAR
IND FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
R/Y
will
=jF
~
~
@ll)@
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
~~
~BR
(BID ~
IIITIillIIITIIT
~BR
~~@)
56j8191OU12
r1TmCW
TIT'
(106)
<f:@)
~~
~GY
HEL083
EL-154

Warning Buzzer/Wiring Diagram (Cont'd)
BUZZER -
RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA
EL-BUZZER-02
I BATTERY I
t:1
~.7.1~.~A.I
-_.~
FUSE Refer to
BLOCK EL-POWER.
(JIB)
<HIID
P
(E106)
B/R
frill
For Europe
Except for Europe
LIGHTING
SWITCH
~llli:D
I~ICMID
P
(E107)
RR FOG
SW@
KEY
DOOR
SW@
IbjdJ
IbjdJ
PU/R
BR/Y
It
(M33)
SW (DR)
~
R
~@
1C}l1C@
PU/R
WARNING
BUZZER
UNIT
IND
OFF
REAR
FOG
LAMP
SWITCH
~: @
KEY-IN
SWITCH
@:@
IN
OUT
DOOR
SWITCH
OPEN DRIVER'S
BR/Y
I
BR/Y
(1)
SIDE
CLOSED
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
l!:j:!J
(E10t)
I~ICBID
(M59)
U1 t..J 1
,.1
<MW
em:>
BR/Y
i.
-!-
-!-
(811)
(832)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
CHID , (E101)
<H:ffi) , (E106)
IIfIIIITIillTII
~P
ITJ:g]
~BR
(E115)
W
rffll @)
~:EL084
EL-155

Warning Buzzer/Wiring Diagram -
BUZZER -
(ConI' d)
FOR AUSTRALIA
EL-BUZZER-03
I BATTERY I
I
~10A
FUSE
BLOCK
SiR
<E106)
L:J 1361
(JIB)
Refer to
EL-POWER.
rrfnJ
LIGHTING
SWITCH
KEY-IN
SWITCH
@
IN
OUT
To EL-WARN"
SB
~
BR/Y
-,
<EW
101
~CBID
BR/Y
SB
RIG
SEAT BELT
WARN
LIGHT
SW
rn
I
m
BR/Y
ffi
ffi
IGN
KEY
SW
DOOR SW
(DR)
GND
WARNING
BUZZER
UNIT
SW
Ii1=nCBID
rn
~@)
R
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
~
'I
n
Utit.Ji
OPEN
CLOSED
@<MW
~@
~W
DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
SIDE
@)
-:!:-
~<ETIID
[I[g]
([fi)
Refer to last page

'(Foldout page) .
~@)
W
i-,
B
ITIillJIIIIII1T ~
~P
HEL085
EL-156

Components Inspection -
~i3~
IGNITION
Warning buzzer unit connector @ ,~
II I I IItflm1U
l~V
[tlIffiJl
'G
~--------_ ..._--._,
I
,
I'
POWER SUPPLY CHECK
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CHECK

1) Turn ignition switch to "ON".
2) Measure voltage between warning
GI
Warning Buzzer
NG
Check the following.

1) 7.SA fuse (No. II] ,
located in fuse block
[JIB))
2) Harness
buzzer unit connector and body

ground.
"'_
":'"
Destination
Connector
No.
Terminal No.
For Australia
(1)
Except for
Australia
SEL515U
Batlery voltage should exist.
OK
Ignition power supply is OK.
~ 15
Warning buzzer unit connector
@ ,@
-"'-----1 [rnlli
~ __
I._ITIJ1.B~.
~R
__ )
DOOR SWITCH CHECK
DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK

Check continuity between warning
I I II @jj)
~~Ijjll
@jj)
DRIVER'S
buzzer unit connector and body ground.
1
SEL512U
Destination
Cannector
No
Terminal
No.
For
Australia
(t)
Except for
Austraiia
@)
Door switch
condition and
continuity
Open
Close
Yes
No
NG
--..

1) Driver's door switch
2) Driver's door switch
ground circuit
3) Harness (continuity
and ground short)
0K
Driver's door switch is OK.
EL-157
~i)
II I I I

Components Inspection (Cont'd)
LIGHTING SWITCH CHECK
@ ,@
IFfI1L ill @
f
I
I
144J,..!--!}~~~_
===::::..1. .. )
1
L::.
Fa
LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
CHECK
Measure voltage between warning
RIGI
Warning Buzzer
SEL514U
Destination
Cannector
No.
Terminal
No.
For
Australia
Except for
Australia
@)
NG

1) 10A fuse (No. [lli ),
and 75A fuse (No. [!]
2) Lighting switch
3) Harness
Lighting switch
condition and
voltage [VI
1st or
2nd
OFF
Approx.
12
OK
Lighting switch is OK.
IGNITION KEY-IN SWITCH SIGNAL CHECK models except for Europe

Warning buzzer unit connector @ ,@
III I I'Ff,l1fLLDJ
'BRN
18 5~~~~~~'C)
Fa
KEY-IN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK
RHO
NG

1) 7.5A fuse (No. [W ,
[JIB])
i~
~
Cannector
No.
Terminal
No
For
Australia
CID
RHO models
except for
Australia
(9J
Destination
SEL513U
Ignition key
condition and
voltage [VI
Inserted
Approx
12
OK
Ignition key switch is OK.
EL-158
Removed
2) Ignition key switch

3) Harness
~i)
Iff fl9LLO I
II I
I I

Components Inspection (Cont'd)
Warning Buzzer
REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH CHECK models
@)
For Europe
REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK

buzzer unit connector terminal @ and
NG
rm )
1) 7.5A fuse (No.

2) Rear fog lamp switch
3) Harness
body ground.
SEL516U
Condition
Voltage [V]
Rear fog lamp switch ON
Approx. 12
Rear fog lamp switch OFF
OK
Rear fog lamp switch is OK.
EL-159
WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper and Washer/System
Description
WIPER OPERATION
The wiper switch is controlled by a lever built into the combination switch.
There are three wiper switch positions:
LO speed
HI speed
INT (Intermittent)
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
through 20A fuse (No. BID , located in the fuse block)
to wiper motor terminal CID.
Low and high speed wiper operation
Ground is supplied to wiper switch terminal @ through body grounds (ill) and @.
When the wiper switch is placed in the LO position, ground is supplied
through terminal @ of the wiper switch
to wiper motor terminal @.
With power and ground supplied, the wiper motor operates at low speed.
When the wiper switch is placed in the HI position, ground is supplied
to wiper motor terminal (j).
With power and ground supplied, the wiper motor operates at high speed.
Auto stop operation
With wiper switch turned OFF, wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arms reach windshield
base.
When wiper arms are not located at base of windshield with wiper switch OFF, ground is provided
from terminal @ of the wiper switch
to wiper motor terminal @, in order to continue wiper motor operation at low speed.
Ground is also supplied
to wiper amplifier terminal @
through terminal (J) of the wiper amplifier
to wiper motor terminal @)
through terminal @ of the wiper motor, and
through body grounds @, @ and @.D.
When wiper arms reach base of windshield, wiper motor terminals @) and CID are connected instead of
terminals @) and @. Wiper motor will then stop wiper arms at the PARK position.
Intermittent operation
With variable intermittent
The wiper motor operates the wiper arms at a set interval of approximately 2 to 20 seconds. This feature is controlled by the wiper amplifier.
When the wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied
to wiper amplifier terminal (j)
from wiper switch terminal @
through body grounds (ill) and @.
to wiper motor terminal @
through the wiper switch terminal @
to wiper switch terminal @
through wiper amplifier terminal @
to wiper amplifier terminal CID
through body grounds @, @ and @.D.
The desired interval time is input
from wiper switch terminal @).
The wiper motor operates at low speed at the desired time interval.
EL-160
WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper and Washer/System
(Cont'd)
Without variable
Description
intermittent
The wiper motor operates the wiper arms at an interval of approximately

controlled by ihe wiper amplifier.
When the wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied
to wiper amplifier terminal CD
from wiper switch terminal @
through body grounds (ill) and (ill)
to wiper motor terminal @
through the wiper switch terminal @
to wiper switch terminal @
through wiper amplifier terminal @
to wiper amplifier terminal CID
through body grounds @, @ and Qill).
7 seconds.
This feature
is
WASHER OPERATION
With the ignition switch in the ACe or ON position, power is supplied
through 20A fuse (No. [1ID , located in the fuse block)
to washer motor terminal CD.

When the lever is pulled to the WASH position, ground is supplied
to washer motor terminal @, and
from terminal @ of the wiper switch
through terminal @ of the wiper switch, and
through body grounds (ill) and @D.

With power and ground supplied, the washer motor operates.
When the lever is pulled to the WASH position for one second or more, the wiper motor operates at low
speed for approximately 3 seconds to clean windshield. This feature is controlled by the wiper amplifier
in the same manner as the intermittent operation.
EL-161
WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper and Washer/Wiring
- WIPER-
Diagram
LHD MODELS
EL-WIPER-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ACC or ON
FUSE
BLOCK
(JIB)
Refer to
EL-POWER.
IGN
GNO
~lki=Jl
LG
~
<E105)
FRONT
WIPER
AMPLIFIER
~
@: With ABS or dual

air bag or rear
power window
@: Except @
I
:G ~
.-------.~Ol---.
LG
~
<0>
..J>
I__
~-
----------------
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
~
LG ~
@ ~
~
1
LG.....
:_:__ ~G__
~_H_...O-
<0>
Ibi=Jl
O.R
~O-------..--------IO~-------..
~o-------------O~:---
t&
");..
<0>
@ill) ~
OR ~
OR
O~
@ill) ~
');..
OR ~
@ill) ~
.
LG/B ~
LG/B
<0>
~O---
fij'
I If]] @ill)
45678
W
~W
Next
page
'1;;.. LG/R -{Q II LG/R
ffil2fTI@)
LG/B-(9-
LG/R-(g>
ITIIIIl1lIITITI ~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~BR
~~:@)
~
(8105):
GY
HEL086
EL-162
WIPER AND WASHER

- WIPER - (Cont'd)
Diagram
EL-WIPER-02
INT
VR
WIPER
MOTOR
INT
SW
OR
~
Y/G
~~
PU
Preceding
page
OR
LG
~LG/B~
WASH
SWITCH
OFF and
INT SW
FRONT
WIPER
AMPLIFIER
~
~
P
SR
.:.--J
- ----1.------1
=il
-....Qr- LG R -
LG
~1
FRONT
M WASHER
MOTOR
PU
Y/G
LG/R LG/S
Y/G
LG/R LG/S
IriJ~-- ---- ~ciJ~~~~~EiJI

PU ~
(E28)
111,-'
Y/G
LG/R LG/S
Irf5n
IT=f4i1 rr=f6ft
CHID
SR
SR
I~~---~ciJl
SR
rF!3n
FRONT WIPER
AND WASHER
SWITCH
<mID
@: With variable
intermittent
wiper volume
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
Fl3T2fTI~
~W
HEL08?
EL-163
WIPER AND WASHER

- WIPER - (Cont'd)
Diagram
RHD MODELS
EL-WIPER-03
.1
IGN
<M@
IbjJl
00
I S.21
~
LG
FUSE
BLOCKRefer to
(JIB) EL-POWER.
WASH
SWITCH
~
P
LG
@: GA engine with
1$1~~:~
FRONT
WASHER~B
MOTOR'l:5.!3'
GNO
lbjJJ
@:
ABS or dual air

bag or rear power
window, SR engine
and CD engine
Except @
---'.---11---
~P
-I'E~
Next
page
LG
LfJ@
1ki=Jl~
LG
~O
@B)@
EB
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
B~B~O-B
i>
I
LG
Iftu
~
~
~
B
I' n
B
IbjJl
0: t
It-ll
(M60)
~O-------..--------lO~..------.O~
<1ftp
~
.. -
OR
:L
O~
~@)
<t
@)
OR
OR
<1ftp
~LG/B~
@)
<0>
.LG/B~O----LG/B
->
~
Next
page
';"LG/R-MO.LG/R~O---------------LG/R-e>
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~@>
rn:rz:tm:I
~~:@
m<BlO5}:@
ITIillIIIIIIIIT ~
~P
GY
HEL088
EL-164
WIPER AND WASHER

-
WIPER -
Diagram
(Co nt' d)
EL-WIPER-04
INT
VR
~~~
PU
Preceding
page
<&-
OR
<@-
WIPER
MOTOR
INT
SW
OR
Y/G
FRONT
WIPER
AMPLIFIER
OFF and
INT SW
l1ill)
~
SR
..J
<@-LG/S
<@-LG/R
PU
CHID
=il
YIG LG/R LG/S
SR
I$~ - - - - - - ~$~
~l?fl~~1(Ql1
PU ~
~CHID
~~
YIG LG/R LG/S
SR
III
SR
wrn
FRONT WIPER
AND WASHER
SWITCH
~
@: For Europe
@: With variable
intermittent
wiper volume
r---------------------------~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~
(M74)
~W
L
HEL089
EL-165
WIPER AND WASHER
~~
Test lamp
Wiper amplifier
Front Wiper Amplifier Check

1. Connect as shown in the figure at left.
2. If test lamp comes on when connected to terminal
and battery ground, wiper amplifier is normal.
CD
or @
SEL842T
Front Wiper Installation and Adjustment

1.
GEL028
Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it "OFF" (Auto Stop).
2. Lift the blade up and then set it down onto glass surface. Set
the blade center to clearance "C" & "D" immediately before
tightening nut.
3. Eject washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper
motor and then turn it "OFF".
4. Ensure that wiper blades stop within clearance "C" & "D".
Clearance "C": 23 - 38 mm (0.91 1.50 in)
Clearance "0": 27 - 42 mm (1.06 - 1.65 in)
Tighten windshield wiper arm nuts to specified torque.

~: 21 - 26 N'm (2.1 - 2.7 kg-m, 15 - 20 ft.lb)
Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean up the pivot area as

illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm looseness.
SEL024J
EL-166
WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper Linkage
jfiiJ
LHD models*
'.8.5.1 ('." '.52, ".9.45.1)
\
~
I
I
~:
N.m (kg-m, in-Ib)

MEL664DA
'Structure is basically the opposite for RHD models,
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Be
Remove 4 bolts that secure wiper motor.

Detach wiper motor from wiper linkage at ball joint.
Remove wiper linkage.
careful not to break ball joint rubber boot.
INSTALLATION
1.
Grease ball joint portion before installation.

Installation is the reverse order of removal.
EL-167
WIPER AND WASHER

Front Washer Nozzle Adjustment
Adjust washer nozzle with suitable tool as shown in the figure at left.
Adjustable range: :I: 10 (In any direction)
0
NOlzle hole
bore diameter
0.8 mm (0.031 in)
Front washer
GEL013
Unit: mm (in)
RHD models
*8
*1
310 (12.20)
*5
160 (6.30)
*2
265 (10.43)
*6
170 (6.69)
*3
365 (14.37)
*7
345 (13.58)
*4
175 (6.89)
*8
410 (16.14)
*A: The diameters
of these circles are less than 140 mm (5.51 in).
*8: The diameters
of these circles are less than 80 mm (3.15 in).
"7
LHD models
*7
*8
SEL92BT
Front Washer Tube Layout

Front washer tube
Front washer nozzle
MEL629D
EL-168
WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Wiper and Washer/System
Description
WIPER OPERATION
The rear wiper switch is controlled by a ring built into the combination
There are two wiper switch positions:
ON (LO speed)
INT (Intermittent)
through 10A fuse (No. W, located in the fuse block)
to rear wiper motor terminal @, and
to rear wiper relay terminal CD.
switch.
Low speed wiper operation

Ground is supplied to rear wiper switch terminal @ through body grounds @ and Cill).
When the rear wiper is placed in the ON position, ground is supplied
through rear wiper switch terminal @
to rear wiper relay terminal @.

The rear wiper relay is energized and ground is supplied
to rear wiper motor terminal CD
through rear wiper relay terminal CID
to rear wiper relay terminal CID
through body grounds @ and Cill).
Auto stop operation

With the rear wiper switch turned OFF, rear wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arm reaches
rear window base.
When wiper arm is not located at base of rear window with rear wiper switch OFF, rear wiper relay is
not energized and ground is supplied
to rear wiper relay terminal @
through rear wiper motor terminal CID, in order to continue rear wiper motor operation at low speed.
to rear wiper motor terminal @
through body grounds Cill), @ and (Qill).

When wiper arm reaches base of rear window, rear wiper motor terminals CD and @ are connected
instead of terminals CD and CID. Rear wiper motor will then stop wiper arm at the PARK position.
Intermittent
operation
The rear wiper motor operates the wiper arm one time at low speed at an interval of approximately
seconds. This feature is controlled by rear wiper amplifier.
through 10A fuse (No. W, located in the fuse block)
to rear wiper relay terminal CD.

When the rear wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied
to rear wiper amplifier terminal @
from rear wiper switch terminal @
through body grounds @ and Cill).

to rear wiper relay terminal @
through rear wiper amplifier terminal @
to rear wiper amplifier terminal CID
through body grounds @, @ID and @.

Then the rear wiper relay is energized and ground is supplied
to rear wiper relay terminal CID
EL-169
WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Wiper and Washer/System
(Cont'd)
Description

With power and ground supplied, the rear wiper motor operates intermittently.
WASHER OPERATION
through 10A fuse (No. []], located in the fuse block)
to rear washer motor terminal CD.

When the ring is turned WASH position, ground is supplied
to rear washer motor terminal @, and
to rear wiper amplifier terminal CD
from terminal @ of rear wiper switch
through terminal @ of rear wiper switch, and

With power and ground is supplied, the rear washer motor operates.
The rear wiper motor operates when the ring is turned to WASH position for one second or more and
for approximately
3 seconds after the ring is released. This feature is controlled by the rear wiper
amplifier in the same manner as the intermittent operation.
EL-170
WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Wiper and Washer/Wiring
- WIP/R-
Diagram
LHD MODELS
EL-WIP/R-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ACC or ON
FUSE
BLOCK Refer to
(JIB) EL-POWER.
10A
W
IQ.4I
SB
(flOG)
<ID
ACC
IQ.41 IIT.21 IT.21

SB SB S8
!II
REAR
WIPER
AMPLIFIER
~
SB
WASH
INT
l!4Jl
LIB
L/W
LG/B
It
'
REAR
WASHER
M MOTOR
ON
LIB @
ctl
LG/B
lki=H
--
SB
SB
~}Next
-@>
page
L/W
~----$
LIB (ffiZ) L/w
LG/B@
@)
GND
B6
~(ffiZ)
LG/B
If
LG/B
.Jwf
It
L/W
-@:> Next
page
12.21
':31
REAR WIPER
AND WASHER
SWITCH
~
f,
B
~
~~
1Tl~
rgJ
~@
~(El17)
~W
~W
i~
2422
B
~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
BR
HEL090
EL-171
WIPER AND WASHER

- WIP/R - (Cont'd)
Diagram
EL-WIP/R-02
~
Preceding
page
(0101)
SB~SB
SB
{
~
SB
----.
B
m
~
Y!L
I It
~----$
OR
Y!L
OR @) Y!L
OR @) Y!L
I$~~1-iclJl
OR ~
Y!L
..-J
111!:i=Jl1biJl4Jl<ffi>
~~rEAR
SB
1--
OR
WIPER
RELAY
L7;-----' I
L/W
Preceding
---15lpage
~
fIlii' I '~
45678
<Q!QD
W
(E15)
~@Qg)
ICiJI@
B
II.
Y/L
I.
B
~
B
~
(E51)
<ID])
(E117)
(0106)
~W
~W
HEL091
EL-172
WIPER AND WASHER

- WIP/R - (Conl'd)
Diagram
RHD MODELS
EL-WIP/R-03
FUSE
8LOCK
(JIB)
(f1@
Refer
to
EL-POWER.
REAR
WIPER
AMPLIFIER
<E!06)
I~41
ACC
UN;! I IT.21 <ID
! I 1_ -- -S8
SB
SB
5B
S8
(~M~II:~~EA
MOTOR
U:i=Jl ~
1$1
LG/B
LG/B
INT
L/8
LG/B
L/8
<BID
<E~~t)
tkjJ
B
<:BID
L!W
$----$
I_t.
I f
L/8
(Eiot)
L!W
L/W
~ rn
OF~_. __
/
INT
~"
~A.?1j
Ne x t
JOINT
CONNECROR-1
lbi=!J
~4
i-, n
1 f..l 1
8
..a..
(51)
[ID"""Q]]]~
ffil3ill]
JF--.-
~page
f,
..a..
~
L!W
WASH
L/W
S8 ~
12';1
REAR WIPER
AND WASHER
SWITCH
Ibi='I
@)
GND
page
1.1
ON
=:=:,=: S8~}Next
LG/8
-_1-
-LG/B
WASH
i~
2422
8R
ITIIIIITIIITITI
~8R
(M60)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
<:BID , ~
(M15)
(Et06)
(]V
HEL092
EL-173
WIPER AND WASHER

- WIP/R - (Co nt' d)
Diagram
EL-WIP/R-04
~
{<Ql-
Preceding
page
@QD
SB~SB
SB
SB
SB
--
REAR
WIPER
MOVE MOTOR
t
<[l106)
ILi=ll
Y/L
It
OR @QD Y/L
1Fh----m
T~T
OR
Y/L
...L(]ID...L
11.llJ~- - - - il1,gJl
-.-@
-.-
OR
Y/L
...LCBID...L
1l6QJ1- - - - -
=r~
OR
II!I ~rAA
1bjJI1bj:JI4=JI<ffi>
L/W
ffi@
+@
B
If.
B
Y/L
rn
45678
I
f.
B
fH!/' I Ill!
1---
OR
WIPER
RELAY
~L~
Y/L
r---I
SB
Preceding
page
i~1
@D
.....
mD@~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
@QD
W
<[l106)
W
~@
HEL093
EL-174
WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Wiper Amplifier Check
~~:;"f1.'
1.
2.
Connect as shown in the figure at left.

If test lamp illuminates when connected to terminal
@ and battery ground, wiper amplifier is normal.
CD
or
C!E:TIJ
!II8EITJ
SEL846T
Rear Wiper Installation and Adjustment

Clearance
"E"
1.
2:
3.
4.
GEL014
Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it "OFF" (Auto Stop).
Lift the blade up and then set it down onto glass surface. Set
the blade center to clearance "E" immediately before tightening nut.
Eject washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper
motor and then turn it "OFF".
Ensure that wiper blades stop within clearance "E".
Clearance "E": 20 mm (0.79 in)
Tighten windshield wiper arm nuts to specified torque.
~: 13 - 18 N.m (1.3 - 1.8 kg-m, 9 - 13 ft-Ib)
Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean up the pivot area as

illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm looseness.
SEL024J
Rear Washer Nozzle Adjustment
0.9 (0.035)
OJ
O.9
(0.035)
Adjust washer nozzle with suitable tool as shown in the figure at left.
Adjustable range: ::l:: 10 (In any direction)
Unit: mm (in)
GEL015
EL-175
WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Washer Nozzle Adjustment (Cont'd)
Unit: mm (in)
*1
40 (1.57)
*3
35 (1.38)
*2
95 (3.74)
*4
35 (1.38)
Rear Washer Tube Layout
GEL017
Check Valve (for rear washer)
From
reservoir
tank
..0
~fo0"
To
c~
....
A check valve is provided in the washer fluid line. Be careful not to connect check valve to washer tube in the wrong
direction.
nozzle
SEL411H
EL-176
WIPER AND WASHER

Headlamp Wiper and Washer/Wiring
-HLC-
Diagram
EL-HLC-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ACC or ON
15A
1291
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to EL-POWER.
(J/B)
(fi06)
---Ie----------..
L/Y
(~IIHEA~A~
WASHER
MOTOR
~
IIII----------II------PU/R~}
Ibj:U
L'R
L/Y
L/R
I.._
PU/R
L/Y
IFh
Next page
IFh
HEADLAMP
WIPER
MOTOR LH
MOVE
ffi
STOP
STOP
~
L/W
IbjdJ
B
L,.
el'
~
~
~GY
~
L
HEADLAMP
WIPER
MOTOR RH
~
MOVE
~ffi.<rn
-----L/OR
~}
..fr:\--.....
L/W
.,g....-
Next page
~
(E51)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
GY
HEL094
EL-177
WIPER AND WASHER

Headlamp Wiper and Washer/Wiring
- HLC - (Cont'd)
Diagram
EL-HLC-02
To EL-ILL.
~
Preceding
page
RIG
PU/R ~
~:~
{
~L/OR
PU/R
1-..
~L/OR
-----_
PU/R
ON
OFF
OFF
~L~L
Preceding
~I~
page
~:~
{
<Q)-
L/W ~
..J
m
HEADLAMP
WIPER
AND WASHER
ILL .~SWITCH
ON
___e
OFF
RIG
~
L/W
~
B
I~_-.--!
.
B
.JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
-..
L/W ---------
..
lbi=Jl
,-,
B
B
~
~~
ffiII' I'@~
45231
BR
mIIIITIillIIITI
B
~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~BR
HEL095
EL-178
.WIPER AND WASHER

Headlamp Wiper Motor Check
When wiper motor is locked, a protective circuit built into wiper
motor activates to stop wiper motor. If wiper motor will not
restart even after cause of problems has been eliminated, turn
ignition switch OFF and leave it off for approx. 1 to 3 minutes.
1. Turn headlamp wiper switch OFF.
2. Connect ohmmeter and check continuity.
Headlamp
wiper motor
Ohmmeter probe
Continuity
(+)
SEL244P
(!)
Yes
(!)
Yes
(!)
CID
Yes
CID
@)
No
Stop position
Headlamp Wiper Installation

Tighten nut to secure
lower stopper.
After installing wiper
upper surface.
Tighten headlamp
~ : 2.3 - 3.0 N'm
wiper arm with wiper
blade held below
arm,
blade
position
wiper
on stopper
wiper arm nut to the specified torque.

(0.23 - 0.31 kg-m, 20.0 - 26.9 in-Ib)
Headlamp Washer Tube Layout
GEL018
Check Valve (For headlamp washer)
From
reservoir
tank
..0
~'fo0"
To
A check valve is provided in the washer fluid line. Be careful not to connect check valve to washer tube in the wrong
direction.
nozzle
c~
'..
SEL411H
EL-179
POWER WINDOW
System Description
from 25A fusible link (Letter IT], located in the fusible link and fuse box)
to circuit breaker terminal CD
through circuit breaker terminal @
to power window relay terminal CID.

With ignition switch in ON or START position, power is supplied
through 7.5A fuse (No.l2I located in the fuse block)
to power window relay terminal CD.

Ground is supplied to power window relay terminal @
through body grounds @, @D and @D.

The power window relay is energized and power is supplied
through power window relay terminal <ID
to power window main switch terminals CD and @,
to passenger side power window sub-switch terminals CID and @,
to rear power window sub-switch LH terminal @
to rear power window sub-switch RH terminal @.

>
MANUAL
OPERATION
Driver's door
Ground is supplied
to front power window main switch terminals CID and @
through body grounds @, @D and @!D.

WINDOW UP
When a driver side switch in the power window main switch is pressed
power is supplied
to driver side power window regulator terminal @
through power window main switch terminal

Ground is supplied
to driver side power window regulator terminal CD
through power window main switch terminal cID.

Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released.
WINDOW DOWN
When a driver side switch in the power window main switch is pressed
power is supplied
to driver side power window regulator terminal ('t'
through power window main switch terminal cID.

Ground is supplied
to driver side power window regulator terminal ~)
through power window main switch terminal

Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is releas.ed.
in the up position,
em.
in the down position,
em.
Except dr'ver's door

Ground is supplied
to power window main switch terminal CID
through body grounds @, @D and @D.

PASSENGER'S DOOR
NOTE:
Figures in parentheses ( ) refer to terminal
power window switch is pressed.
Nos. arranged
Operation by main switch

Power is supplied
through power window main switch (CID, @)
to passenger side power window sub-switch (@,
CID).
El-180
in order when the UP or DOWN section of
POWER WINDOW
System Description (Cont'd)
The subsequent
operations
are the same as those outlined under "Operation
Operation by sub-switches
Power is supplied
through passenger side power window sub-switch

(@, CD)
to passenger side power window regulator (@, CD).

Ground is supplied
to passenger side power window regulator (CD, @)
through passenger side power window sub-switch

(CD, @)
to passenger side power window sub-switch

(CID, @)
through power window main switch (@, @)).

Then, the motor raises or lowers the window until the switch is released.
REAR DOOR LH
by sub-switches".
NOTE:
Nos. arranged

Power is supplied
through power window main switch (@, @)
to rear power window sub-switch

LH (@, CID).
The subsequent
operations
Power is supplied
through rear power window sub-switch

LH (@, CD)
to rear power window regulator LH (@, CD).

Ground is supplied
to rear power window regulator LH (CD, @)

LH (CD, @)

LH (CID, @)
through power window main switch LH (@, @).

REAR DOOR RH
by sub-switches".
NOTE:
Nos. arranged

Power is supplied
through power window main switch (@J, @)

RH (@, CID).
The subsequent
operations
Power is supplied

RH (@, CD)
to rear power window regulator RH (@, CD).

Ground is supplied
to rear power window regulator RH (CD, @)

RH (CD, @)

RH (CID, @)
through power window main switch (@, @)

by sub-switches".
AUTO OPERATION
The power window AUTO feature enables the driver to open or close the driver's
ing the window switch in the respective
position.
When the AUTO switch in the main switch is pressed and released, the driver's
the fully open or closed position.
EL-181
window
without
hold-
window
will travel
to
POWER WINDOW
POWER WINDOW LOCK
The power window lock is designed to lock-out window operation to all windows except the driver's door
window.
When the lock switch is pressed to lock position, ground of the passenger side switch, rear RH switch
and rear LH switch in the power window main switch is disconnected. This prevents the power window
motors from operating.
EL-182
POWER WINDOW
Schematic
LHD MODELS AND RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA
~
0
L
Z([W
HOOJ
~I-C
<{W_
([-1 Ul OJ
W:::JUlD
~r.9 ro.""
OW[LUl
[L([-
.---
I
U
IH
~I(J)([
<{
ZIO(J)
H
I-L
HO
Z
r.9Z
HO
'---
W
(J)
::J
LL
-0
OJ
D
.,..,
W
-1
0
OIL
ZUOJ
HI- OJ Z
~HC
~W
([(J)Ol ::J
WIOl
0>~CD
ro
O:::JO[L(J)-
CD
H:><:
(J)Z
:::JH
.r-t.ri
> ......LL-1
:>t.
roc
r=l
([0>WO<{
~Z...J
OHW
[L~a:
0
OI
ZU_
HI-I
~H...J
0
Z
([(J)([
WI<{
~(J)W
O::J([
[L(J)-
0
Z([_
HOI
~I-([
<{
([-1([
W::J<t:
~r.9W
OW([
[L([-
10 fa
Ul 0
'0110 fa
1-([
HW
:::J:><:
U<{
(IW
H([
UCD
0
Z([_
HOI
~1--1
<{
([-1([
W::J<t:
~r.9W
OW([
[L([-
:::J
101-10
-10
01--0
-10
r
@
CD'+-
.....
(I
<{
W
(I
(DO
.....
L
OJ
>
.....
L
9
I
U
IH
(J)
Z
H
<{
0
0
Z
I-<
([
>Z<{
~-1
v_
ow
0([
.-----
-f-t......
...J
(I
<{
W
o-f-L...
1_1-
IV
([
::J
(I
W
r.9
Z
W
(J)W
(J)O
<{I-<
[L(J)
'v v
10
Z
::J
(J)
(II
WU
>::J
I-<0_
(I 1-0
o I+'
W:J
Z<t:
0-
IV'
10/0
IU
I
ZO
U
::J...J
::':::1UI-<
::.:::
O~
U
-1(J) 0
...J
-1
<t:
W
::J
0
Z
I-< <t:
(J) ::E
...J
...........
::.:::
><{
-1
O-W
::J([
10
'V
0
[L
co
000
Ie
0-
10-10
::E
<{
0
l-
:::J
<{
fa
::J
(Y]
['-'
::E
.,
rv
(T)
Ol
Ul
L
0
0
D
I
Z
1'-'
([(J)(I
WI<{
~(J)W
::J
O:::J([
01.:::
[L(J)-
::J
.....
.c
w
'-'
~>-
.......... "'"
lD(o~
I
(I
+'
ro
I
10 fa
I-
ru
ro
0
OI
ZU_
HI-I
~H(I
I
f'1
~.~
0
0
Z([Ul
HO~I-L
<t:OJ_
([-1>OJ
W:::J,""D
~r.9 L'''''
OWOUl
[L([-
~II
>-OJ
(I ......
W.o
1-.""
I-Ol
<{:J
:>t.
'v
1'-'
I.':l
Z
::J
HEL097
EL-183
POWER WINDOW
Schematic (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA
3:
3:
o
0
ZO:OJ
HO
OJ
3:f--C
<tOJ_
O:-1UJOJ
W:JUJD
3: CD CO.n
OWQUJ
QO:-
r--
I
U
f-H
3:f-(f)0:
<t
Zf-O(f)
H
I--L
HO
Z
CDZ
HO
'--
W
(f)
:J
LL
~2~
3:H C
W
-.J
III
H~
(f)Z
:JH
.rl .rl
.:::....-<
C>t.
coe
1--0:
HW
:J~
U<t
O:W
HO:
UIIl
~EJ
Jo
I~
ZO:_
HOI
3:f--0:
<t
0:-10:
W:J<t
3:CDW
OWO:
QIT-
3:
0
0
OI
ZU_
HI--I
3:H-1
zio
3:
0:(f)0:
WI<t
3:1I1W
:Jlo
O:JO:
Q(f)-
.r.
1'U1_
fIV
3: OJ
0:(f)1f) :J
WIUJ
3:1I1CO
O:JQ
Q(f)-
3:
0:0>wo<t
3:Z-1
OHW
Q3:O:
IV
f--.
3:
0
ZO:UJ
HO3:f--L
<tOJ_
O:-1>OJ
W:J'M D
3:CDL'M
oWOUJ
QO:-
3:
0
10- 10_
0
OI
'J
ZU_
HI--I
01- D
3:HO:
Z
3:
10-10
0:(f)0:
WI<t
3:1I1W :J
O:JO:
,01- D
Q(f)-
01-
-10
01-1-0
'"
II
>-OJ
0:...-<
WD
I--'M
I--If)
<t:J
CD .....
OJ
D
'M
If) 0
3:
0
OIL
ZO:~
HOI
3:f---.J
<t
0:-10:
W:J<t
3:CDW
OWO:
QO:-
--[Z}
=
-f--.
(ili
T
~I"
@
If)lO~
lOa"
" ..., ...,
(T)
'f
llJ
OJ
~
I
I
I
0:
D
.rl
C
OJ
.--<
0:
<t
W
ill
a:
D
'M
UJ
0
+'
D
OJ
H
0
Z
W
-1
0
(f)
:J
I'J
UJ
I
-.J
0
(f)
L
OJ
>
'M
L
0:
<t
W
a:
'J
-1
-1
H
r'\
'V
Z
I-
I-
:J
C>t.
.rl
...-<
>-
.--<
.--<
co
.rl
co
.c
y.
co
.c
.0
u
OJ
E
(f)
OJ
D
L
0
0
D
I
(T)
..
:J
1
0
+'
:J
<l:
@.
(T)
Z
H
<l:
::E
3:
0
0
Z
H
3:
.rl
+'
co
I
U
I-H
3:
(f)
IT
W
3:
0
0-
IT
W
CD
Z
W
(f)W
(f)O
<l:H
Q.(f)
I
U
~I-UH
03:
-.J(f)
-.J
<l:
W
:J
0
Z
H
<l:
(f) ::E
(f)
I-
I-
I-
I'J
0::E
<t
10
~
IU
10D
ZO
:J-1
10
!ofo
556*
> :J-
10
:J
I-:J
<t
I ......
r:-:l
U
0
-1
10 D
W:J
Z<l:
0-
Ie
,-
:J
:J
HO_
0: I--0
'"
10110
10Dfo
101-D
HEL098
EL-184
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
LHD MODELS
EL-WINDOW-01
Refer
FUSE
to
EL-POWER.
BLOCK
(JIB)
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
~
Ibj:JJ
~.
<BE>:
With
rear
power
window
~~
II..!QJI
=rQ1ID
W!L
n
II!I~II
U
PWINDOW
OWER
RELAY
1biJl1bjdI~
B
L/W
! 1
----I
1
L1JI ~J~;JCTOR-1
crJ
=r
I
1-----,--::~ .. -
L/W ~
Next
page
L/W ~
To EL-WINDOW-03
L/W -@>TOEL-WINDOW-04
i.
B
~
~
B
~
~
I:IIITill1IIill
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
@
~BR
HEL099
EL-185
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
Preceding ~
page
~
L!W
WINDOW -
(Cont'd)
EL-WINDOW-02
I
'::'QID
I~I
rr=rr'I
LlW&1..J
QB):
@:
<He>:
3-door Hatchback models

With rear power window
Without rear power window
L/W
~~
rr+n
AUTO AMP
AUTO
MANUAL
N
D
UP
RELAY
ILL
@D:<Be>
Ibi=Jl
I
I$ICQD
QID
It
It
i-,
B
DOWN
~------------------------------,
CIJ:JQITJ @)
:~<He>
:
L
CAUTION:
rrh
--
~
~
~
~
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
CQID:@
~@D
...g.,@
WJ
W:
@)
Refer to last page
~<BV:
UP
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
(FRONT DRIVER'S
SIDE)
(Foldout page) .
QID , CQD
Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible

flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace with
a new one.
HEL100
EL-186
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Cont'd)
EL-WINDOW-03
Preceding
page
LOCK .....
--
UNLOCK
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
CQID:<He>
CQD:@
Preceding
page
To EL-WINDOW-01 <@-L/W
~
R/W
~
RIB
R~J
R~J
L/W @) R/W
RIB
----I
1$~t~{fi~1
~1iJ~--- ~tJl
IriJ~4J~1)
L/W
R/W
RIB
~~~ I
L/W
L/W
R/W
RIB
mm
m
POWER WINDOW
SUB-SWITCH
(FRONT PASSENGER
SIDE)
@)
4=U
G
~
QH): 3-door Hatchback models
@: With rear power window
<He>: Without rear power Window
DOWN
I~CQID
:~<He>
:
~(gl)1
[I]QID~
~W
CAUTION:
UP
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
(FRONT PASSENGER
SIDE)
~
~<BP>:W
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
I
I
~@
l..!@
Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify the flexible

flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged. replace with
a new one.
HEL101
EL-187
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Co nt' d)
EL-WINDOW-04
precedin9{
page
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
D
U
-----REAR RH
CQZ):
<8>
SWITCH
To
UJl
G/W
EL- WINDOW
-01
GIS
Y/R
Y/S
111)~<CHI)
-0
~ ~ -It~
-----------------It~----1$1
<B-~
I
L/W
GIW
GIS
m GID I~~ <-M5 ~ ~~~

.......
(]I) '"T ~
'"T
GIW ~
GIS
L/W
Y/R
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I
L L~;: ~ GI;
Y/S
m-~O-ffi
.......~
'"T
L/~~/W
1 GI;
Gli-
L/W GIW
~r!l~
--- ~11l1
.......
'"T
Y/R ~
m-~-ffi
.......
@ '"T
Y/S
L/W
GIS .
rmm m
POWER
WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
(REAR RH)
GIW
mm
Git
GIS
POWER
WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
(REAR LH)
@g)
<8>
POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
(REAR RH)
POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
(REAR LH)
@
<8> : With rear
power window
--
DOWN
~@)
qm)
~lllfij@
3456
~W
CIJQIID @ @g)
~
UP
W'W
' W
--
DOWN
'W
~@
UP
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
aID , CQD
rR,@~
l.!.LEJ
'
HEL102
EL-188
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Conl'd)
RHO MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA
EL-WINDOW-05
Refer to EL-POWER.
FUSE
BLOCK
(JIB)
Cill>
W
1
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
~
~
~
W /L
~~
tfiii'i\
IUJlICBID
W/L
II!I4=JI~~~!
!II
n
POWEA
WINOOW
RELAY
L/W
! 1
-----
1 -----
R\;:CTOR-l
1
-----
L/W
-e> Next page
L/W
-fi:> To
EL-WINDOW-07
L/W
-G> To
EL-WINDOW-OB
'I
n
1 t-l J
B
@~
IIIillIIIIl1Iil ~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
BR
HEL103
EL-189
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(ConI' d)
E.L-WINDOW-06
~~~~eding <@!L/W
L/W
~~
tn:i"'\
I~I
L/W CQD
I
rn
L/W
AUTO AMP
AUTO
N
MANUAL
N
U
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
UP
RELAY
@)
ILL
"f
I6i=J1
L
4=Jl
G
,$,@)
aCID
I..J
-!
<MW
It
G
T, n
a
It
L
w=h
--
DOWN
@)
W
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
rQ, (05)
L!@
UP
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
(FRONT DRIVER'S
SIDE)
@)
CMD CQD
HEL 104
EL-190
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Cont'd)
EL-WINDOW-07
PASSENGER SIDE SWITCH}
Preceding
page
UNLOCK
Next
page
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
@)
Preceding
page
~
R/W
./yJ.
To EL-WINDDW-05~
L/W
~
R/B
A~J A~B'
-----1 141~&15i$1
L/W
R/W
R/B
I$~~~~~~~---~riJl
L/W
R/W
.....
I
L/W
R/W
mm
R/B
R/B
m
POWER WINDOW
SUB-SWITCH
(FRONT PASSENGER
SIDE)
Iki=Jl
t
m
G
DOWN
@)
W
UP
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
(FRONT PASSENGER
SIDE)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~(D36)
~W
HEL10S
EL-191
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Cont'd)
EL-WINDOW-OB
preceding{
page
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
o U
-----REAR RH
@)
SWITCH
~
G/W
T
Ee-WINOOW
<Jl.-.
-05
~
I
L/W
I~~ CMI)
<-O~~
G/W
<-M~~
~
G/8
VIR
~
V/8
G/8
VIR
V/8
it~----------------i,*,~
---itl
~m~
----------------~r1-J~- - - ~I~I
@) lril~
@ '"T-' @ ......
I m
[-L/~-3~-7~':-~-r-t
_GI~ L/~~~/W
1 Git GI;
'-j-'
L/W
L/w
G/W
G/8
I$f
icjJl
G/W
G/8
mm
....... ........
VIR
V/8
lE!Jf~~~ ic!J1
L/W
G/W
mm
G/8
POWER
WINDOW
POWER
WINDOW
SU8-
SUB-
SWITCH
(REAR RH)
@
SWITCH
(REAR LH)
@
Ibi=U
m
G
POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
(REAR RH)
@
--
DOWN
@)
~@
tmJ
I::IJQID @ @g)
~
W'W
UP
~~(@
I.!.@
~I
45678
'
DOWN UP
11(il
aID
W
t
POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
(REAR LH)
@
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~',Ifil ~ ~
3456
W'
HEL106
EL-192
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Cont'd)
RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA
EL-WINOQW-09
Refer
FUSE
BLOCK
(J/B)
to
EL-POWER.
W
1
00
~
~
~
IT
G
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
(E101)
IUIII CBID
<He>:
W/L
With rear
power window
n
~IIPOWEA
U
WINDOW
RELAY
~1bi=JI~
B
L/W
! 1
L/W ~
m~~CTOO-1 !I-----
._~~::---
Next
page
L/W ~
To EL-WINDOW-11
L/W ~
To EL-WINDOW-12
'I
n
1 t.J 1
B
~@
ITI:illTIIIIill ~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~BR
HEL 107
EL-193
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
Preceding ......-p1. L/W

page
--......q'"
QB):
<HE>:
Q!P):
(Cont'd)
EL-WINDOW-10
3-door Hatchback models

With rear power window
Without rear power window
AUTO AMP
SOLENOID
Next
page
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
ILL
(][):@
CQI):
T
ll:jdJ
I!::jJ
n=h
n=h
O~
I!!)ICQD
QID
" n
B
1 t..J 1
~(8W
--
.DOWN
UP
~------------------------------~
I
I~(][)
:~~
I
CAUTION:
L1.@
Next
page
I~I~
<Bf>
(05)
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
(FRONT DRIVER'S
SIDE)
@)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .

flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace With
a new one.
HEL 108
EL-194
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Conl'd)
EL-WINDOW-11
Preceding
page
PASSENGER SIDE SWITCH

5
LOCK.----- UNLOCK
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
CQID:@
Preceding
page
CQZ):
<BP>
To EL-WINDOW-09~
L/W
lbj:JJ
R/W
RIB
R~J R~Bt
'$~t~~fi$1
R/W
RIB
I$~-~j~i
~riJ~
--- ~~I
L/W
L/W
R/W
..-@>-~...
L/\i
L!W RIW
mm
RIB
RIB
m
POWER WINDOW
SUB-SWITCH
(FRONT PASSENGER
SIDE)
@: 3-door Hatchback models

@: With rear power window
@: Without rear power window
--
DOWN
UP
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
(FRONT PASSENGER
SIDE)
~------------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
I~CQID
:~@
:
~~
~W
CAUTION:

a new one.
HEL 109
EL-195
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram -
WINDOW -
(Cont'd)
EL-WINDOW-12
preceding{
page
U
N
D
U
-----REAR RH
SWITCH
To
EL-WINDOW<Fa.-09
~
~G/W
Rll
G/B
~Y/R
~Y/B
G/W
G/B
Y/R
Y/B
.......
......
Y/B
POWER
WINDOW
MAIN
SWITCH
@:@
I~~CHI)
'-D~~i$~--------- ---- ---i$~---i$1
I
L/W
m'-M~~~~~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~m~
---rn
ffi
@
'-r' <M)
.......@[) ......
G/W ~
G/B
L!W
Y/R
rn-~-ffi
........
llm) ......
[LI~;:~"I; "~L/W G/W
m~ffi
.......
@ ......
1 "I; "I;
L/~@~/W
L/W
G/B
rmm
rn
N
D
POWER
WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
(REAR RH)
GIW
rmm
G/B
rn
<1m>
<BP>
POWER
WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
(REAR LH)
@
@: With rear
power window
POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
(REAR RH)
--
DOWN
~W'W
<QR)
rn:rn
,.g.,~@
I1..lJ
--
DOWN
<1m)
I1mcw
am
W
~@
UP
'
fm]'
45678 I i(ll (BID
W
~III 'lil
3456
@1Q)
W'
UP
POWER
WINDOW
REGULATOR
(REAR LH)
@
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
CMD , CQD
(B34)
W
HEL110
EL-196
POWER WINDOW
Trouble Diagnoses
Symptom
Possible cause
Repair order
12J,
None of the power windows can be 1. 7.5A fuse, 25A fusible link and 1. Check 7.5A fuse (No.
operated using any switch.
~
circuit breaker
[J/B)), 25A fusible link (letter [[] , located in fuse
and fusible link box) and ~
circuit breaker. Turn
ignition switch "ON" and verify battery positive
voltage is present at terminals CD and @ of power
window main switch, and other switches as follows.
Terminals
Models
RHD models except

for Europe
and Australia
RHD models for

Europe and
Australia
@ and @
@ and @
Other
Rear RH
Rear LH
Location
of subswitch
LHD
models
Passenger
3H*
2. Check grounds @, ~
and @ill.
2. Grounds @, ~
and @ill
3.
Check
power
window
relay.
3. Power window relay
4. Open/short in power window 4. Check LlW wire between power window relay and
power window main switch for open/short circuit.
main switch circuit
Driver's side power window can- 1. Driver's side power

not be operated but other windows
regulator circuit
can be operated.
2. Driver's side power
regulator
One or more passenger power
windows cannot be operated.
window
1. Check driver's side power window regulator circuit
window 2. Check driver's side power window regulator
1. Power window switches (front

sub-switch, rear sub-switch RH,
rear sub-switch LH)
2. Power window regulators (front
sub-switch, rear sub-switch RH,
rear sub-switch LH)
3. Power window main switch
4. Power window circuit
1. Check power window switches (front sub-switch,

rear sub-switch RH, rear sub-switch LH)
2. Check power window regulators (front sub-switch,
rear sub-switch RH, rear sub-switch LH)
3. Check power window main switch
4-1. Check harnesses between power window main
switch and power window sub-switches for open/
short circuit.
4-2. Check harnesses between power window subswitches and power window regulators for open/
short circuit.
1. Power window main switch
1. Check power window main switch.
Driver's side power window auto 1. Power window main switch

function cannot be operated using
power window main switch.
1. Check power window main switch.
One or more passenger power

windows
cannot be operated
using power window main switch
but can be operated by power window sub-switches.
*3-door Hatchback models
EL-197
POWER DOOR LOCK

System Description
NISSAN model N15 has two types of power door lock system:
Type 1: For Europe and Australia
Type 2: Except for Europe and Australia

through 25A fusible link (letter OJ, located in the fusible link and fuse box)
to circuit breaker terminal (!)
through circuit breaker terminal @
to door lock timer terminal @ (Type-1) or CID (Type-2).

Ground is supplied to door lock timer terminal @ (Type-1) or (!) (Type-2) through
@ID and @D.
body grounds @D,
POWER DOOR LOCK OPERATION

When one of the following input signals is supplied:
driver side door is locked/unlocked

using key or lock knob,
passenger side door is locked/unlocked

using key or lock knob (Only for type-1);
door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch is locked/unlocked (Only for RHD models type-2)
Door lock timer locks/unlocks driver side door (Only for type-1) and other doors.
Input (Type-1)
Unlock signal
When the driver side door is unlocked using key or lock knob, ground is supplied
to door lock timer terminal @
through driver side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @
to driver side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @
through body grounds @D, @ID and @D.

When the passenger side door is unlocked using key or lock knob, ground is supplied
to door lock timer terminal CID
through passenger side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @
to passenger side door lock actuator (door unlock sensor) terminal @
through body grounds @D, @ID and @D.

Lock signal
The door lock timer terminal
@ or @ receives lock signal when the unlock signal is shut off.
Input (Type-2)
When the lock knob switch is in UNLOCKED position, ground is supplied
through lock knob switch terminal @
to lock knob switch terminal (!)
through body grounds @D, @ID and @ill.

The door lock timer terminal CID receives lock signal when the unlock signal is shut off.
Input (Only for RHO models type-2)

When the door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch is in LOCKED position, ground is
supplied
through door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal @
to door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal CID
through body grounds @D, @@ and @ill.

When the door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch is in UNLOCKED position, ground
is supplied
to door lock timer terminal @
through door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal (J)
to door lock & unlock switch in the power window main switch terminal CID
through body grounds @D, @@ and @ill.
EL-198
POWER DOOR LOCK

Output (Type-1)
Unlock signal
Ground is supplied
to each door lock actuator terminal CID
through door lock timer terminal @J.

Power is supplied
to each door lock actuator terminal CD
through door lock timer terminal @.

Then, the door is unlocked.
Lock signal
Ground is supplied

Power is supplied
through door lock timer terminal @J.

Then, the door is locked.
Output (Type-2)
Unlock signal
Ground is supplied

Power is supplied

Then, the door is unlocked.
Lock signal
Ground is supplied

Power is supplied

Then, the door is locked.
EL-199
POWER DOOR LOCK

Schematic
TVPE-1 (For Europe and Australia)
",cr
uo
OCIJ
...Jz
.rl
:JCIJ
zw
C
0
""uo
0 ......
,-1
"''''U
:JLID
...., IDL
uo .....
0"0
'"
3:
"'u
0
...J
"0
3:
0
...J
~
~
""o
"0
L
....,
~
5
C
OJ
L
L
:J
U
'"
"'U
3:
OlC
LCO
0 ..........
....,....,....,
",,,,U
:JLID
""'IDL
H
(f)
U Q..r"1
(f)
~
0
C
:J
0"0
",cr
Uo
OCIJ
...Jz
zw
([
"0
L
....,
OJ
OlC
LCO
....,....,....,
W
>
H
:J(f)
([
:::J
I-
U Q.r1
Q.
'"
""
"0
L
C
OJ
L
L
:J
U
:J
'"
U
U
0
~
C
:J
I
:::J
I-
'"
'"
3:
C
OJ
L
L
:J
U
W
([
0
...J
I
:::J
I-
'"
""
U
0
-J
~
:J
C
OJ
L
L
:J
'"
U
0
'"
U
0
U
0
-J
~
:J
([
I- E :J.:i
a:
o ro.r-j
I-- E:J~
HWLW
HWLW
Ol-u.o
Ol-u.o
n.-
'"
""
a:r-l-+-J'Z
ill
0
0
0
a:...-i., .../L'
Oro.rlQ)
0
0
I
:::J
I-
([
0
0
0
([
c-
([
0
...J
3:
0
0
0
HWc...W
(f)..c.rl
([
'"
3:
"'U
"0
L
..,
3:
"0
L
([
-J
OOc...uro
([
([
(Irl-I-JL
Ot-u.o
OQ.r-!
0"0
"'u
..,
-J
"''''U
:JLOJ
....,IDL
-J
0"0
3:
0 ..........
....,....,....,
([
Z
W
0
...J
"0
L
....,
:JLID
...., OJL
([
"'u
"''''u
(f)
([
'"
3:
0
...J
0
l-
(f)
(f)
"'u
"'U
([
a ......
r-t
....,....,....,
(!J
"0
L
OlC
LCO
OlC
LCO
o eu.r-f Q)
l--E:J~
(J)c...uro
(J)e-urn
Ulr.-Me....
n.-
(J).c. ......L
n.-
(f)
I
...
({J
Q.l
D
0
co
D
lJ.)
"3"
In
(f)
"3"
In
....
....
D
C
1-([
10'-"'.
..... C
> .....
~ ......
>-W
([
......
WD
1- .....
I-({J
:J
[J),+-
....
lD
HW
:::J'"
U
a:W
H([
U[J)
a:
II
W
2:
co
D
.c
I-
....
....
co
'-"'.
...,u
(f)
'"
co
I
I([
U
0
--l
UW
([I->W
OHHO
03:([H
O(f)O(f)
([
0
0
0
OJ
II
L
0
0
D
I
In
HEL114
EL-200
POWER DOOR LOCK

Schematic (Cont'd)
TVPE-2 (Except for Europe and Australia)
OlC
LCO
0'''''.0-1
+'+'+'
rorou
:JLW
+,WL
ua.rl
<rot>
t>
L
3:
ro
+'
t
....
t>
W
L
'"ua
ro
3:
'"
a
~
C
:J
((r-1+-JL
A) . ..-i
Q.l
I-- E~...:i:
(J)LUro
HQ)LCU
(f).c.r-t
Oi-u.o
u 0-..-1
Z
W
(J)
(J)
0-
t>
L
>-W
a:.-.
WD
f- -....
f-lf)
:::J
cD'l-
ro
3:
'"ua
-J
a:
0
f
::J
fU
t>
L
ro
+'
C
W
L
L
:J
Y:
U
0
-I
'"
U
a
~
C
:J
Q)
I-E::J.::i
{f)LUro
1-fQ)"-W
(J).c..r-!
C
+'
a:
0
f
::J
fU
....L
t>
ro
3:
'"ua
-J
3:
~
....
+'
C
W
L
L
:J
Y:
U
0
-I
t>
L
ro
I
a:
a:
W
a:
IT
0
f
::J
fU
3:
'"
u
a
~
C
:J
Y:
U
0
-I
IT
0
0
0
a:r-t.f-lL
oro.riQ.l
I- E :l.~
U'lLUl'O
HWLW
(f).c.'rl
OJ-UD
Ol-un
CL-
f-a:
HW
::JY:
U
a:W
HIT
UcD
t>
L
.~
a:
0
0
0
a:r""1+JL
o m-rt
a:
0
0
a:
W
a:
3:
'"
10-"
.....C
rorou
:JLW
+'WL
u n.r-!
<rot>
I
-I
<rot>
CL-
>- ....
-.-.
0 ..........
+'+'+'
rorou
:JLW
+,WL
a:
W
-J
t>
L
OlC
LCO
O.rl.1""t
+'+'+'
CD
....a
+'
C
W
L
L
:J
u
OlC
LCO
H
(J)
CL-
C\J
CD
a:
W
::;:
H
f-
Y:
U
0
-I
II
a:
0
0
0
to
@
oS:
co
0
Z
Y:I
U
Y:fUH
03:
-I(J)
'"u
~
C
:J
'"ua
-J
ZU
3:
fH
OI
OUY:3:
Zf-UUJ
HHO
3:3:-IY:
(J) U
a:o
a:
WZO-l
3:HOZ
OO::J
0-::;:-
If)
.-.
w
a
E
0
I
a:
HEL115
EL-201
POWER DOOR LOCK

Wiring Diagram -
D/LOCK -
TVPE-1 (LHD models for Europe)
EL-D/LOCK-01
Refer
to EL-POWER.
CIRCUIT
BREAKER (102)
<E!Q.D
W/L -
CHID
W/L ~
W/L ,
W/L
rrTIil
BAT
DOOR SW
DOOR
LOCK
TIMER
~
GND
(DR)
~
R/W
R/W
2-1
I1JUNCTION
BOX No.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
~
e-e-
~~
R/W
L R/W
I~
@@
R/W ...
B
B
-B>}
Next page
R/W
m
OPEN
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
SIDE
@
i-,
B
CLOSED
! !
~
~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
HEL116
EL-202
POWER DOOR LOCK

Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK
(Cont'd)
EL-O/LOCK-02
DOOR
LOCK
DOOR
LOCK
OUTPUT
DOOR
UNLOCK
OUTPUT
~
RIL
~
W/R
UNLOCK
SENSOR
(PASS)
TIMER
Y/R
@: 5-door Hatchback
and Sedan models
lbi=JJ
.....
~I---I~"-- .....
It t <r~---m m
.....
.....
I
R/L
JOINT
CONNECTOR-B
UNLOCK
SENSOR
(DR)
Y/8
RIL
W/R
:}Next page
c
W/R
W/R-
luiJ~-- - ~~I-----~riJl
R/L@
W/R
Y/8
CQD W/R
li~---~il----~~I
RIL
RIL ~
W/R
Y/8
R/L
W/R
R/L
W/R
Y/8
!) R/L-
~
RIL
CMD
~
W/R
YIR
LOCK
Y18 DOOR
ACTUATOR
DRIVER'S
Y/8
SIDE
@)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
PASSENGER
LOCKED
--
UNLOCK
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
UNLOCK
11181~41111~
I 116 15 14
Itl~
@
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
~
_
8
q==~
t!1:V
GY
BJ
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
~@)@>
UNLOCKED
DOOR
UNLOCK
SENSOR
4=U
8
CQD
------
I 111
LOCK
I~I CMD
8-~=~~
8
"
@
preCeding{~
page
--
DOOR
UNLOCK
SENSOR
4J
8
~
LOCKED
UNLOCKED
LOCK
SIDE
GY
I.1IillTIIillIT ~ ,(f@)
~8R
CAUTION:
8R

a new one.
HEL 117
EL-203
POWER DOOR LOCK

Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK -
(Conl'd)
EL-D/LOCK-03
preCeding{~
page
.I
R/L
~
~W/R--
__
eM)
W/R CM2)
RIL
W/R@
rciJl
R/L <]I)
QJ1
I.---1
-,
R/L @IQ)
W/R
R/L ~
W/R
$---~
<QTI)
RIL
W/R
$---~
--
FIW!GID
tm:I W
tITJw'w
RIL
W/R
R/L
W/R
m m
REAR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR LH
--
LOCK
ffif9 @
W/R
m m
UNLOCK
R/L~
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR RH
UNLOCK LOCK
(074)
fIll 11{ij@
3456
'
~W
'
~W
HEL 118
EL-204
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Cont'd)
TVPE-1 (RHO models for Europe and Australia)
EL-D/LOCK-04
Refer to EL-POWER.
CIRCUIT
BREAKER <"102)
~
<:BID
W/L -
W/L ~
W/L ,
W/L
IFillJ
BAT
TIMER
DOOR SW
~
R/W
GND
(DR)
R/W
DOOR
LOCK
IUE"\
db\.M2.;
I~I(@
I:
I
R/W
W/R
.-
OPEN
DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
B ~LNext
B
->f
page
i-,ri
SIDE
@)
CLOSED
1 Lf 1
I II Isl fiRiil
41
116 15 14
1I
1 111
(M34)
W
@~
rfi2l(]ID
'N B
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
HEL119
EL-20S
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Cont'd)
EL-D/LOCK-05
DOOR
LOCK
DOOR
LOCK
OUTPUT
DOOA
UNLOCK
OUTPUT
~
AIL
~
W/A
UNLOCK
SENSOR
UNLOCK
SENSOR
(PASS)
(DR)
~
@: 5-door Hatchback
and Sedan models
Y/R
~--I~
TIMER
Y/8
-..
HS
t t
-..
-..
-..
CBD
W/A
YIA
AIL CQD W/A
AIL
W/A
Y18
Y18
AIL
W/R
W/R
Y18
W/R
W/A
Y/8
I~~@])
---~lil-----~riJl
ItiJ~---~I$I-----~$I
<MZID
R/L
RIL
R/L
RIL
DOOR LOCK
ACTUA TOA
DRIVER'S
SIDE
m m
m@)
DOOA LOCK
ACTUATOR
PASSENGER
Y18 SIDE
m@
LOCKED
--
UNLOCKED
DOOA
UNLOCK
SENSOA
--
UNLOCK
LOCKED
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
4JJ
8
JOINT
CONNECTOA-1
rJh
.q=_=_~
...
8...
preCeding{~
page
<fJ11181I
~41Ijll~
I 11
116 15 14
ITIillITIIIIITI ~
~8R
CAUTION:
4JJ
8
It'@])
CQD
I~I CBD
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
~
J
8
~==~
&@),@
\:!tY
UNLOCKED
DOOR
UNLOCK
SENSOR
GY
BJ
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
GY
IIIIIilIITIITil ~
~P

flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged, replace with
a new one.
HEL 120
EL-206
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Conl'd)
EL-D/LOCK-06
preCeding{~
R/L
page
~
~W/R-----I
W/R (]ID
RIL@
$
W/R@)
R/L
(}IT)
I
.-------....
---,
~---*
R/L
@!Q)
W/R
R/L@
RIL
@])
W/R
$---~
(QW
R/L
rn
REAR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR LH
--
UNLOCK
@G1
lID
W/R
R/L
W/R
'
(074)
W
~I
45678 II~@) W
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR RH
--
UNLOCK
LOCK
~@
~@
R/L

m m
W/R
W/R
fll' II[IJ~
3456
LOCK
'
~W
HEL121
EL-207
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Cont'd)
TVPE-2 (LHD models except for Europe)
EL-O/LOCK-07
Refer to EL-POWER.
CIRCUIT
BREAKER (1;102)
~
W/L -
W!L ~
CHID
W!L ,
W/L
m
BAT
DOOR
LOCK
TIMER
LOCK KNOB
@)
GND
SW (DR)
~<MD
~(QD
Y/R
m
LOCKED
LOCK
KNOB
SWITCH
@)
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
(QD
B
CHD
B
~==~~
ii
~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
@J:>
@)
GY
IIITIIIIIIillII
~BR
HEL 122
EL-208
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Conl'd)
EL-D/LOCK-08
DOOR
LOCK
OUTPUT
DOOR
LOCK
TIMER
DOOR
UNLOCK
OUTPUT
RIL
W/R
CM35)
It It
it
It
R/L
I'TIA\
~.
W/R ~
~~
([D ICiJI
~~
I[}II (@
R/L
W/R
R/L ~
W/A
I &-----,-I
, I
AIL ~
$---~
R/L @ W/A
W/A
W/A
RIL
AIL
W/R
W/A
m m
--
UNLOCK LOCK
UNLOCK LOCK
AEAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR LH
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR RH
<QH>
FRONT DOOA LOCK

ACTUATOR
(PASSENGEASIDE)
fIij1@
tmI
&Fl @Q)
W
AIL ~
UNLOCK LOCK
[[[]
W/R
I.~ - - - ~1iJ1
--
--
A/L@
$---~
RIL <Qll) W/R
m m
m m
R/L
W/A
' W
tIll I I~.
3456
(]g) (810) (834)
Refe~ to last page

(Foldout page) .
W ' W ' W
(074)
' W
HEL 123
EL-209
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Cont'd)
TVPE-2 (RHO models except for Europe and Australia)
EL-D/LOCK-09
Refer to EL-POWER.
CIRCUIT
BREAKER (E102)
~
(E101)
W/L -
CHID
W/L ~
W/L ,
W!L
m
BAT
LOCK KNOB
SW(DR)
~
Y/R
ARMREST ARMREST
LOCK SW UNLOCK SW
CMD
GND
Ibi=H
PU
DOOR
LOCK
TIMER
@
GY
I~~-------------~~~----~~I
Y/R
(]I)
PU
GY
IIT4il
LOCKED
POWER WINDOW
LOCK
MAIN SWITCH
KNOB
SWITCH LOCKED UNLOCKED (DOOR LOCK AND
UNLOCK SWITCH)
@)
(]I)
~
B
Iff@-
(]I):CMD
nmL
B~B
._---.,
Il..il
B
~~
Refer to last page
(Foldout page) .
HEL124
EL-210
POWER DOOR LOCK

(Conl'd)
EL-D/LOCK-10
DOOR
LOCK
TIMER
~
DOOR
LOCK
OUTPUT
DOOR
UNLOCK
OUTPUT
~RIL
U4J
W/R
It
!_t
_-
it
I-t
---'
~m
CID~
tU7'\
RIL
ffi~
W/R
R/L
W/R
__
----.
---.
I'TI=5"\
cv@)
&-----~I
I -1---1
7
1
R/L
W/R
(810)
RIL
W/R
1$~---4$1
R/L @
W/R
R/L
RIL
R/L
W/R
(071)
W/R
W/R
m m
m m
UNLOCK LOCK
--
UNLOCK LOCK
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR LH
REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR RH
(054)
(074)
FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR
(PASSENGER SIDE)
@
--
UNLOCK
LOCK
f1i2l@
tm:l
(040)
R/L@
$---$
RIL
W/R
m m
DO[]
W/R
$---$
R/L @ W/R
(834)
(054)
' W
~III~@)
45678
till I I(iJ
3456
--
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
<ill])
W
'
@)
W
(074)
' W
HEL125
EL-211
POWER DOOR LOCK

Trouble Diagnoses Australia)
SYMPTOM
Type 1 (For Europe and
CHART
PROCEDURE
REFERENCE
Diagnostic
PAGE
EL-213
EL-214
EL-215
.c
.><:
?
(,)
(,)
0>
.s:::.
(,)
::J
(,)
'(,)
u
c
'0
en
'0
l
::J
.2-
u
c
.2-
'-
2-
>-
en
(,)
(,)
0
0
N
::J
U
Q)
0>
'::J
U
0>
3:
(,)
(,)
n.
n.
::J
en
'0
n.
and driver
(,)
.><:
a.
0-
lock does not operate
.s:::.
(,)
Ol
ctl
Power door
0>
ctl
.::
side lock knob switch
0>
(,)
C
0>
::J
SYMPTOM
Procedure
'-
<1l
'-
with driver's
door key cylin-
Q)
der.
Power door
and unlock
lock does not operate

switch
on power
with door lock
window
main
Q)
switch.
Specific
door
lock actuator
Q)
does not operate.
Perform Diagnostic Procedures

in numerical order shown in the symptom chart. Carry out functional tests whenever
step is finished. If the trouble remains after performing
all Diagnostic Procedures,
replace the door lock timer.
EL-212
each
POWER DOOR LOCK

Trouble Diagnoses Australia) (Cont'd)
CONNECT
Door lock timer

connector ~
'b,'1W
~12lEt11 I I II
Power supply check

Ignition switch operation
I I
11
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
SJ'
Terminals
OFF
W/L
@ - Ground
ACC
ON
START
Battery voltage
SEL469U
Ground circuit check

CONNECT
Door lock timer

connector @1)
L',
'b,'I\~
SJ'
111111~k2J
I I
Terminals
Continuity
@ - Ground
Yes
16
SEL470U
EL-213
POWER DOOR LOCK

CONNECT
If!:\,
.03
Door lock timer

connector @)
YIR
,,
I
Y/B
"''/\~
s..J
PROCEDURE
(Unlock sensor check)
UNLOCK SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK
,,
,
,
'..
Measure voltage between door lock

timer harness terminals @ and @,
@ and @.
I
I
I
SEL473U
OK
Unlock sensor signal is

OK.
NG
Replace door lock actuator.
Condition of unlock
sensor and voltage
Terminals
~iv
--..
[V]
Door lock actuator

connector~
EEl
(ID
Lock
0
Driver's side @
Front passenger
side@
SEL474U
Unlock
Approx.
12
NG
Iil
UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK
Check continuity between door lock
actuator connector terminals @ and
@
Terminals
Condition of
door lock
actuator
Continuity
Lock
Yes
Unlock
Yes
@ and (g)
OK
1) Harness between door lock timer
and door lock actuator for open/short
circuit
2) Door lock actuator ground circuit
EL-214
POWER DOOR LOCK

Door lock timer
connector @
CONNECT
"''I\~
~
II!l,
'Wi...I
PROCEDURE
(Door lock actuator check)
m
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CHECK
Replace door lock timer.
NG
Replace door lock actuator.

timer harness terminals @ and @.
SEL471U
Condition
of door
lock &
unlock
switch
Terminals
.
Door lock actuator
connector
_.~~----, .
~
@)
Neutral
-->Unlock
Neutral
-->Lock
R/L
W/R
Voltage
[VI
Driver's side @
-->12
-->0
(Approx.
1.0 sec.)
Front passenger
side~
@)
-->12
-->0
(Approx.
1.0 sec.)
The voltage values are approximate.

OK
m
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK
Apply 12V direct current to terminals
and check operation.
FUSE
---1
W/R
Rear LH @
Rear RH @E>
! !3\--u-'
R/L
SEL472U
Door lock
actuator
operation
Terminals
$
Lock
@)
d)
Unlock
d)
@)
OK
Check harness between door lock timer
and door lock actuator for open/short
circuit.
EL-215
POWER DOOR LOCK

Trouble Diagnoses and Australia)
SYMPTOM
Type 2 (Except for Europe
CHART
PROCEDURE
REFERENCE PAGE
Diagnostic Procedure
EL-217
EL-217
EL-218
EL-219
2
0
Q)
.r:
0
~0
Q)
.r:
....
.r:
::J
0
.r:
...
Q)
.~
.8
c
::J
III
cd
::J
.0
OJ
~c
~0
"C
c
CIl
>-
a.
a.
::J
III
d-
....
...
Q)
Q)
~0
.~
...0
III
2
.r:
"C
SYMPTOM
.r:
~0
..2
...0
0
...
0
CIl
::J
ti
tIl
~0
0
...
0
0
e.
C\l
C')
Q)
...
...
::J
"C
Q)
Q)
Q)
Q)
?;
0
a..
...0
a..
e
a..
...0
a..
G)
::J
"C
::J
"C
Power door lock does not operate with driver's

side lock knob switch and driver door key cylinder.
Power door lock does not operate with door lock

and unlock switch on power window main
switch.
G)
G)
Specific door lock actuator does not operate.
Perform Diagnostic Procedures in numerical order shown in the symptom chart. Carry out functional tests whenever each
step is finished. If the trouble remains after performing all Diagnostic Procedures, replace the door lock timer.
EL-216
POWER DOOR LOCK

Trouble Diagnoses - Type 2 (Except for Europe
and Australia) (Cont'd)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Door lock timer
connector@
Power supply check
rElB
Ignition switch operation

Terminals
OFF
W/L
ACC
@ - Ground
ON
START
Battery voltage
SEL458U
Ground circuit check
~i5
Door lock timer

connector@
Terminals
Continuity
G) - Ground
Yes
mill
B
SEL459U
PROCEDURE
~i5
(Lock knob switch check)
Door lock timer

connector @
mm
LOCK KNOB SWITCH SIGNAL CHECK

timer harness terminals @ and G).
YIR
SEL460U
Condition of lock
knob switch
Voltage IV]
Lock
Approx. 12
Unlock
Lock knob switch is OK.
NG
Lock knob
switch connector @Qg)
(;)
ill
LOCK KNOB SWITCH CHECK

Check continuity between lock knob
switch terminals G) and @.
SEL461U
Condition of lock
knob switch
Continuity
Lock
No
Unlock
Yes
OK

and lock knob switch for open/short
circuit
2) Lock knob switch ground circuit
EL-217
NG
--+
Replace lock knob

switch.
POWER DOOR LOCK

~i5
PROCEDURE
Door lock timer

connector @
B
(Door lock & unlock switch check)
DOOR LOCK & UNLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CHECK

timer harness terminals CID and Q).
@ and Q).
tGY
PU
II][]
I
OK
---...
Door lock & unlock

switch is OK.
NG
Replace door lock &

unlock switch.
SEL462U
Door lock & unlock

switch connector @
EB
Condition
of door
lock &
unlock
switch
~71
<ID
<!J
Lock
d)
Unlock
I!J
~i5
Terminals
Voltage
[V]
Approx.
12
Approx.
12
I
I
I
NG
CEL059-A
m
DOOR LOCK & UNLOCK SWITCH
CHECK
Check continuity between door lock &
unlock switch terminals (J) and @. @
and @.
Condition of
door lock &
unlock switch
Continuity
(f) and @
Lock
Yes
@ and @
Unlock
Yes
Terminals
OK
and door lock & unlock switch for
open/short circuit
2) Door lock & unlock switch ground
circuit
EL-218
POWER DOOR LOCK

~i3
PROCEDURE
Door lock timer

connector @
(Door lock actuator check)
Brill
R/J -lwlR
I
I
I
I
I
\
DOOR
Measure
timer
FUSE
between
OUTPUT
SIG-
Replace
door
lock timer.
Rear LH
Replace
door
lock actua-
-+ 12
.... 0
Neutral
-+ Lock
Neutral
-+ Unlock
values
are approximate.
@W
Rear RH@
(Approx.
1.0 sec.)
SEL464U
Voltage
IV)
Front passenger
side
@Q)
lock
Condition
of door
lock &
unlock
switch
Terminals
EB
door
@ and @).
terminals
~i5
~
H-:1,-----\
ACTUATOR
voltage
harness
SEL463U
---t-j3,
LOCK
NAL CHECK
I
I
I
I
Door lock actuator

connector
* The voltage
-+ 12
-+0
(Approx.
1.0 sec.)
OK
(;)
DOOR LOCK
Apply
ACTUATOR
12V direct
and check
NG
CHECK
current
to terminals
--.-..
tor.
operation.
Door lock
actuator
operation
Terminals
EB
Lock
(1)
@)
Unlock
(1)
OK
Check
harness
and door
between
lock actuator
door
lock timer
for open/short
circuit.
EL-219
POWER DOOR MIRROR
* For removal of door mirror, refer to "DOOR MIRROR" in 8T section.

Wiring Diagram -
MIRROR -
lHD MODELS
EL-MIRROR-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ACC or ON
10A
FUSE
BLOCK
1231
(JIB)
Refer to EL-POWER.
L ....,
..
,..../R L
U'
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
.... R
.... R
DOOR
MIRROR
REMOTE
CONTROL
SWITCH
@)
MIRROR SWITCH
lbiJl
B
~
VIR
~
PU/W
~~
V/B
~
LIB
L/R
B
1
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
l~~
L/R ~
V/B ~
Next
page
~
ViR ~
~
PU/W~
ii
B
~
(f@
B
~
@ID
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
mQITD(]ID
IIDZBI:IJill
GY
ITI:ITillIilIIT ~
~BR
HEL 126
EL-220
POWER DOOR MIRROR

Wiring Diagram - MIRROR -
(Coni' d)
EL-MIRROR-02
Preceding
page
......
......
......
LIR
Y/B
Y/R -
E PU/W-
PU/W
PU/W~
JUNCTION ~
BOX NO.2
(JOINT
U/W
CONNECTORS)P
l!4=ll
(fill)
PU/W @
YIB
LIB
I~~- - - - ~~~--~riJl
PU/W@
.......
LEFTWARD
RIGHTWARD
tv1
DOWN:-
WARD
upWARD
DOOR
MIRROR
ACTUATOR
LH
CQID
YIB
....... RIGHTLEFTWARD
WARD
LIB
DOOR
MIRROR
ACTUATOR
....... UP- RH
DOWNWARD
WARD @
tv1
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
CBD , CQD
~CQID~
~
BR'
BR
Qill) @)
I
(Jill)
CAUTION:

a new one.
HEL 127
EL-221
POWER DOOR MIRROR

(Cont'd)
RHD MODELS
EL-MIRROR-03
IGNITION SWITCH
ACC at"'ON
10A
1231
FUSE
BLOCK
Re f er
to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
CHANGEOVER SWITCH
L
.....
.....
DOOR
MIRROR
REMOTE
CONTROL
SWITCH
<BID
MIRROR SWITCH
lLiJl
U:i=Jl
B
PU/W
VIR
~~
V/B
L/R
LIB
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
@
'I
B
~
~
lv;-~
L/R ~
-e>
Y/R JJ>
V/B
Next
page
PU/W~
1 f.J 1
(82B)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~<BID
~GY
ITIillIillITIil
~
BR
HEL 128
El-222
POWER DOOR MIRROR

(Conl'd)
EL-MIRROR-04
@:
@:
<& LIS
Preceding
page
<@1-
L/R ---
y/S
.....
.....
.....
For Europe and Australia

Except for Europe and
Australia
*3 ...
@ 5M @ 3M
@ 7M @
5M
@ 6M @ 4M
..
<* Y/R-
<J- PU/W -
*1
*2
-o~
.....
.. --.I.--II-O~PU/W
UA
~
JOINT
CONNECTOR l!:j:JJ
-5
~:
@PU,W
o
I
<8Z9>
Y IR
L/R
PU/W
CMD
Y IS
LIS
PU/W @
Y IR
L/R
PU/W
CQD
Y IS
LiS
PU/W
1l?)J~-- - - ~$~
--~I$I
I$~----~$~
---~~I
DOOR
~e~~2~OR
LEFT":- RIGHT WARD

WARD
M
DOWN":- uPLH
WARD
WARD @)
RIGHT WARD
DOOR
MIRROR
ACTUATOR
RH
....
_
DOWNUPWARD
WARD @)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~
GE..I.ID
CAUTION:
(03)
SR SR
~~
~OR

flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged. replace with
a new one.
HEL 129
EL-223
ELECTRIC SUN ROOF
* For removal
and adjustment
of sun roof, refer to "SUN ROOF" in 8T section.
Wiring Diagram -
SROOF -
EL-SROOF-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ON or START
FUSE
BLOCK
7.5A
Refer to
EL-POWER.
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(J/B)
CM15)
W
1
HP
([102)
PH
~ -O-o~
+I
....
t
G
W!L
II: I~IIn
U
W/L
CHID ~
W/L ~
....
W/L
W/L
-ee-OJ
QID lElQj)
W!L ~
W/L ~
n
II!"~II
SROOF
UN
RELAY
U:;JJ Ibi=JI ~:
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
WINDOW
POWER
RELAY
U:;JJ Ibj:JJ ~:
L/W
.----.~
L/W
-0-
@CB"D
L/W (fi L/W
--------B:>
Next page
PH
HP
0- L/W ~
<D:
LHD models
@: RHO models
@: With power window
@: Without power window
__
j1} L/W -.-O~O~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3 ~:
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1 ~
I <:..
r----R
<D
B
: 
1 !
:>
........
<8W
<MW
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
----'G2L CBD
~W
I1ITITIillIillI ~
~BR'BR
HEL130
EL-224
ELECTRIC SUN ROOF

Wiring Diagram - SROOF -
Preceding ...........
A1.
page
~
(ConI' d)
EL-SROOF-02
L/W@)
~
L/W
SUN ROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY

OOWN/OPEN-
-UP/CLOSE
M
UPjCLOSE
RELAY
TILT SW
---
FULL
CLOSED
OTHER
DOWN/OPEN
RELAY
SLIDE SW
TILT SW
LIMIT
SWITCH
--_
...
FULL
-1
TILT-UP
LIMIT
SWITCH
----
FULL
OPEN
-2
FULL
TILT-DOWN
SUN ROOF
SWITCH
SLIDE
SWITCH
g@)
L1.J
HEL 131
EL-225

Wiring Diagram -
HORN -
LHD MODELS
EL-HORN-01
BATTERY
10A
Refer to EL-POWER.
@: Models without
air bag system
@: Models with dual
air bag system
air bag system
1421
g
G/B
HORN
RELAY
~1bjJl@
G
G/Y
I----,O'----O~:------I
!
AN
G/Y
11tJ1~
<BID
r:::!::.
G/Y
11711
......,~
G/Y
SPIRAL
CABLE
<E108)
I!:i=ll@
G/Y
~
8 *2
AIR BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
UNIT
SPIRAL
CABLE
em
G/Y
m~
T'---I
1
QJ1
QJ
G
HORN
(LOW)
~
HORN
(HIGH)
~
ffim
[ill]
L!J
(ffiJ)
B ' B ' B
~*1
c:IIJgI
RE-
RELEASED
FI ~
'---"
HORN
SWITCH
.......
_-.",.
HORN
SWITCH
LEASED
I:I[Q:TI:ICID
DIDdZl
~W
~BR
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
<E108)
~*2
B
~W
HEL132
EL-226
HORN, CI(;ARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

Wiring Diagram - HORN - (Cont'd)
EL-HORN-02
15A
15A
7.5A
[TI]
[]Q]
1241
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
I N;.21
OR/B
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
OR/B
~
IF!4il
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
SOCKET
10-----.:
CLOCK
ILLUMINATION
COMBINATION
METER
@
OIGITAL
CLOCK
l-, I
B
~
B
BIR
ffi
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
Ibi=Jl
B
@: With tachometer
*3"'@
34
@ 5
*4... @28
'@ 6
*5' .. @29
*6"'@
9
f,
B
! !
'@10
(M28)
'@31
,
(M68)
BIR
@)
r-----------------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
1ITl~
[]]
B
L
IIIIIillIITillI
~BR
HEL 133
EL-227

Wiring Diagram - HORN - (ConI' d)
RHO MODELS
EL-HORN-03
@: Models without
air bag system
g
G/B
@: Models with dual

air bag system
HORN
RELAY
air bag system
~4=HID
G
G/Y
I----IO----.O~..------I
AN.
G/Y
G/Y
~~
I~I<BID
~
Ifill
SPIRAL
CABLE
G/Y
<E108)
1~IU6~
G/Y
rn
B *2
AIR BAG
DIAGNOSIS
SENSOR
SPIRAL
CABLE
ill)
UNIT
G/Y
m<ill!)
'---I
1
QJ1
QJ
G
HORN
(LOW)
HORN
(HIGH)
mID
[ill] W
F.1
l..!.J
rn m
B'
<ill!)
B ' B
RE-
rn
IT:I::illl
...... _-"
HORN
SWITCH
_-"
RE-
LEASED
~W
*1
8
HORN
SWITCH
.......
LEASED
ill)
DID"JZl
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
<E108)
~BR
~*2
~W
HEL 134
EL-228

Wiring Diagram - HORN - (Cont'd)
EL-HORN-04
15A
15A
7.5A
mJ
[]Q]
1241
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
([@
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
10-----,-
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
SOCKET
~
CLOCK
ILLUMINATION
~
B
L, ~o.:i
DIGITAL
CLOCK
COMBINATION
METER
<fml
~
B/R
To illumination
control SWitch
(Via joint
connector-5)
(Refer to EL-ILL.)
-------II-BR/Y+
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~
~
B
I
" n
B
B/R
(M68)
<HW
1 !..J 1
(M28) (M60)
For Europe
@:
With tachometer
@:
@
34
5
*3"'@
*4 ...@
28 ,'<ID
6
29
*5"'@
<ID 10
9 ,' <ID 31
*6"'@
B , @ BR/Y
*7"'@
r-----------------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
[[il~
rn
I1IIIIIillIillI ~
~BR
HEL 135
EL-229
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER

System Description (For models with daytime
light system)
For models without daytime
light system, refer to wiring diagrams,
EL-233 and 234.
The rear window and door mirror defogger system is controlled by the rear window defogger
to rear window defogger relay terminal @
through 20A fuse (No. [[], located in the fuse block).

to mirror defogger relay terminal @
through 10A fuse (No. InJ , located in the fuse block).

to rear window defogger relay terminal CD
through 10A fuse (No. [2ID , located in the fuse block)
to rear window defogger timer terminal CD
through 7.5A fuse (No. [[], located in the fuse block).

Ground is supplied
to rear window defogger switch terminal @ and
to rear window defogger timer terminal @
through body grounds @ and @ID.
timer.
Operation
The ignition switch must be in the ON or START position for defogger operation.
With the rear window defogger switch in the ON position and for approximately 12 - 16 minutes after the
rear window defogger switch has turned to OFF from ON, ground is supplied
through terminal CD of the rear window defogger switch
to rear window defogger timer terminal @.

Terminal @ of the rear window defogger timer then supplies ground to rear window defogger relay
terminal @.
With power and ground supplied, rear window defogger relay is energized.
For rear window defogger system, power is supplied
through terminal CID of the rear window defogger relay
to condenser terminal CD
through terminal @ of the condenser
to the rear window defogger terminal CD.

For mirror defogger system, power is supplied
through terminal CID of the rear window defogger relay
to mirror defogger relay terminal CD.

Ground is supplied
through body grounds @ and @ID
to mirror defogger relay terminal @.

With power and ground supplied, mirror defogger relay is energized.
through mirror defogger relay terminal CID
to eacr door mirror defogger terminal @.

Ground is supplied
to rear window defogger terminal @
through body ground <!ill) , and
to each door mirror defogger terminal CD
through body grounds @ and @ID.

With power and ground supplied, each defogger filament heats and defogs the rear window and door
mirror.
When the system is activated, the rear window defogger indicator illuminates in the rear window defogger switch.
Power is supplied
to terminal CID of the rear window defogger switch
from terminal CID of the rear window defogger relay.

Terminal @ of the rear window defogger switch is grounded through body grounds @ and @.
EL-230

Wiring Diagram -
DEF -
LHD MODELS WITH DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM
EL-DEF-01
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer
to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
20A
CM15)
~06)
CE120)
IIP21
@:
LIB
@) :
J
!~
~~~OW
12~r~~GER
1!:iJI~:@
G/R
~
L/R
~
~:
I~~-----~
G/R
<BID L/R
JOINT
CONNECTOR-2
~
L/R
-[J
1------~
IftlJ
G/R
G/B
n1il
~f}
OUT PUT
IGN
SW
GND
Et!di
1.
~~~OW
DEFOGGER
TIMER
~
L/R
L/R
~}
L/R
L/R
RIG
+ To
Lf
L/R
RIG
n=tD
IND
ILL
OFF
11211
page
EL-ILL
(!J1
~~~OW
DEFOGGER
SWITCH
~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
~
11111
9F
B.
11
(M"2B) <Mfi=B)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
+
1
Next
I--ll-l-l
2
Gasoline
engine
Diesel
engine
~:@
~:@
r1ITr1l~
ITITITJ GY
ITIIIII:illTIIi
~BR
F.ffi1<fm)
tm::l W
fffffi~
rn:mrn
HEL 136
EL-231

Wiring Diagram - DEF - (Cont'd)
EL-DEF-02
FUSE
(JIB)
Preceding ~
page
~
L/R
JUNCTION BOX No.2

(JOINT CONNECTORS)
1
L/R
PU
G/R?G/R-'
<MIID
n DEFOGGER
1~IIMrRAOA
U RELAY
Ibi=U ~
@)
G/R
G/R
I
Preceding ~
page
~
L/R
IU'7"\
~0:M.I
L/R
I~
____
L/R
ctI@
L/R
...
L/R ~
m~
B
~1
rB
-!
~
!-
+
5
:[jjB'B
L
I
CAUTION:
@QD
1$1~~~
(gjB
"
!- !-
~~
<IIID
~
I
::rTIB
JOINT
CONNECTOR-1
~-----------,
I
~I
'
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
.C@,~
le__
(1J
CO~SER
FmlaID
001 W
r---------------,
I
~
I&__
Ibi=JI ~
B
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
<ffi])
ClJ@)
~1
I: j:'l ~REAR
IbjJ ~
DEFOGGER
PASSENGER
SIDE
DRIVER'S
SIDE
L/R ~
REAR ~NSER
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
m~~~
DEFOGGER
~RAOA
1619'
IE!.!3I
<QW IFifOA\
rB
I~l @)
G/R
IrtJl~~~~
~S:-"
~O
1~1 ([D
G/R
...
IG=7c:\
~~
ClJC@
ICIJI(]I)
.....
G/R
IUT\
~\.Mi.J
(J)
,
L/R
Sedan models
Hatchback models
1~31
.....
@:
@:
Refer to
EL-POWER.
BLOCK
GY
GY
CBD , (ill)
~@
ITIIIII.TIII:TI ~
@lB:~BR
~I
<MIID

a new one.
HEL137
EL-232

Wiring Diagram - DEF - (Conl'd)
EL-DEF-03
~:
~~g~K
Sedan models
Refer to EL-POWER.
: Hatchback
models
(JIB)
~
-----------------
To EL-ILL
RIG.
L/R JOINT
.
CONNECTOR-2
~1
REAR
~~~gg~ER
SWITCH
~
~
B
It
~~
I"TI'A\
ICIJI (]I)
L/R
Ll:!
~
rn
L/R
L/R
II J II
~
~
---I
L/R
LIR
~! s
L/R
IcIJlm~~
L/R
~
L L/R ~~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-3
L/R~
<M59)
m~
II UI
...
Itt
ffiill1~
~
...
B
CONDENSER
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
!-
lbjJJ~
<B20~
@g]
@QD
r: :'I ~REAR
CONOENsrn
filllaID
~1
lbjJJ~
(868)
r1TTI1l@
IT1IITI GY
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
ll
-!- -!~
~----------------~
: F.=1 @ ,(0104) B ~
'WB
B
@B
I
L
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
:
I
I
r-------------.,
I1III1IIIIIIIII ~
~BR
: F.=1~
I
I
B~
@
B
j
I
I
HEL 138
EL-233

Wiring Diagram - DEF - (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS
EL-DEF-04
~~8~K Re
f er
~
~
to EL-POWER.
(JIB)
: Sedan models
: Hatchback models
----------------
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
SWITCH
OFF
RIG. To EL-ILL
L/R
(j] 25
1!4JI@!Qg)
LL~8 L/R8
LlR
IT,
B
-!
,..--------------,
I
~':
rg)B
m~ m~
rB~
C~SEA
REAR C~NSER
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
1biJI~
B
1
1biJI~
(8204)
[ill]I[ill]I[il
~
~
P
m@
Ww
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
,..-----------------.,
I
@@
rB~
B
1...1
@ @
L/R~
JOINT
CONNECTOR-4
- I ....
~O
~~
L/R
I
'-
L/R@
M4
LI_I
:~B
m
[}Jew
....
R~,([)104)
:'L!JB
I
.J
,
L
8~
@JB
:
I
I
.I
HEL139
EL-234

[+1
Filament Check
[-1
1. Attach probe circuit tester (in volt range) to middle portion

of each filament.
6 volts (normal filament)

SEL263
When measuring voltage, wrap tin foil around the top of the
negative probe. Then press the foil against the wire with
your finger.
2.
If a filament
volts.
3.
To locate burned out point, move probe along filament.

Tester needle will swing abruptly when probe passes the
point.
SEL 122R
Burned out point
is burned out, circuit
tester registers
0 or 12
12 volts
[+1
[-]
o volts
SEL265
SEL266
EL-235

Filament Repair
REPAIR EQUIPMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Conductive silver composition

lent)
Ruler 30 cm (11.8 in) long
Drawing pen
Heat gun
Alcohol
Cloth
REPAIRING
Heat wire
Break
Unit: mm (in)
BE540
R epalre
. d
point
(Dupont No. 4817 or equiva-
PROCEDURE
1. Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with
a cloth dampened in alcohol.
2. Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip
of drawing pen.
Shake silver composition container before use.
3. Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive
silver composition on break with drawing pen. Slightly overlap existing heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20
in)] of the break.
4. After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for
continuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after
silver composition is deposited.
Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted.
IrJ
- t..@.!.--
SEL012D
5.
Repaired point
Apply a constant stream of hot air directly to the repaired

area for approximately 20 minutes with a heat gun. A mini"mum distance of 3 cm (1.2 in) should be kept between
repaired area and hot air outlet. If a heat gun is not
available, let the repaired area dry for 24 hours.
SEL013D
EL-236
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

Audio/System
Refer to Owner's
Manual for audio system operating
Description
instructions.
through 7.5A fuse (No. [2]], located in the fuse block)
to radio terminal @, and
to compact disk deck terminal @.

through 15A fuse (No. [j]], located in the fuse block)
to radio terminal @), and
to compact disk deck terminal @.

Ground is supplied through the case of the radio.
When the radio power knob is pushed to the ON position, audio signals are supplied
through radio terminals 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, )4, 15 and 16
to the door, pillar and rear speakers.
EL-237
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

Wiring Diagram -
AUDIO -
LHD MODELS
EL-AUDIO-01
~~gEKRefer
to EL-POWER.
Models with
(JIB)
4-speaker
~
ROD
ANTENNA
....
~
ACC
BACK
UP
LIGHTING
SW
RRSP
RH (+)
RRSP
RH (-)
l!JjJJ
RRSP
LH (+)
OR
B/P
I.
OR
To EL-ILL
RIG
AIG ~
<BID
RRSP
LH (-)
Q3W
LG
It
RADIO
<MW
B/Y
I.
It
B/P
LG
B/Y
B/P
LG
B/Y
IciJ~-~- tiJ~-----------~ciJ~--- ~ciJl

OR ~
I I
OR
I I
B/P
JL:QQ~EAA
SPEAKER
RH
~:@
r-------------------------,
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~:@I
W
&~@)
TII;uo
5 6
1112
~I
[Q]~~
I]lg] BR
BR
HEL 140
EL-238
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

Wiring Diagram - AUDIO -
(Cont'd)
EL-AUDIO-02
RADIO
FRSP
RHH
FRSP
RH (+)
~
FRSP
LH (+)
BR
IJ
B/R
BR
B/R
B/W
It
I
L
rrtn
rn
rrtn
LHH
It
FRSP
@:
Models with
6-speaker
B/W
rn
JOINT
CONNECTOR
JOINT
CONNECTOR
-3
-1
4=Jl
B/R
B/R
B/R
11211
SPEAKER J!1
~
PILLAR
RH
BR
BR
\Q
~:@
~
L
4
B/R
I'=idJ
B/W
RH
I"IIJJIIIITIITi
B/W
t\Q 4
L
m2
PILLAR
SPEAKER
LH
~:@
I'=idJ
B/W
2I SPEAKER
DOOR
@)
I
U4=J1
@) <M59)
B/W
2I DOOR
SPEAKER
LH
@)
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~BR'BR
[Q]~~(@~
[IIg] BR ' BR ' BR ' BR
CAUTION:

a new one.
HEL141
EL-239
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

(Conl'd)
RHO MODELS FOR EUROPE
EL-AUDIO-03
~~5~K Refer to EL-POWER.

(JIB)
@: Models with
(8Th)
4-speaker
ROD
ANTENNA
....
,......... AlG ~
RIG
rrfcrn
BACK
LIGHTING
ACC
RADIO
@
SW
UP
RRSP
RH (+)
RRSP
RH (-)
RRSP
LH (+)
OR
B/Y
B/P
LG
B/Y
@) B/P
LG
B/Y
I It
-i:-~.~ ----------- ~$~

---~$I
I I
J!oo~~AA
OR
(8[D
LG
<:MID
I~~
OR
RRSP
LH (-)
B/P
I It
OR
To EL-ILL
I I
B/P
SPEAKER
RH
@:@
~-------------------------~
(8[D:@
W
I
~-------------------------j
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
I
I
<BID
W
:
I
[Q]~@)
[!gJ BR BR
HEL142
EL-240
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

(Cont'd)
EL-AUDIO-04
RADIO
FRSP
RH (+)
FRSP
RHH
~
BR
Ibi=ll
FRSP
LH (+)
IJ
It
BR
IbjdJ
IJ
B/W
B/W
IFtil
ri1=TI
It
B/R
LH (-)
B/R
@)
FRSP
@: Models with
6-speaker
JOINT
CONNECTOR
-5
l!4=U
l6i=!J
l6i=!J
BR
B/R
B/R
~
L
@)
I
~
B/W
~
B/W
~B/W
~B/W
I$~---~.I
L
~111 II
B/W
[tooljrom
L
11-2 II SPEAKER
~PILLAA
LH
~:@
II 1 II
B/W
II 2 II SPEAKER
LH
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~~
~OR
[Q]~~@)~
[I[g]
CAUTION:
BR
BR
BR
BR
Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify

flat circuit (FFC) . If the FFC is damaged.
a new one.
the flexible
replace with
HEL143
EL-241
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

(Cont'd)
RHD MODELS EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
EL-AUDIO-05
LIGHTING
BACK
SW
UP
12:1
2 4
1 1
P
RIG
COMPACT
DISK
DECK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
I_t __
FUSE
BLOCK
ROD
ANTENNA
DIN
CORD
RADIO AND
CASSETTE
PLAYER
IffoD
(fID)
ACC
RRSP
FRSP
RH
RH (-)
(+)
I!4=Jl
B/P
BR
r---------------------~
~~
~W
I
I
RRSP
LH (+)
~
LG
RRSP
LH (-)
B/Y
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~I
:
I
[Q] ~
@ C02) @
[IIg] BR . BR . BR . BR
HEL 144
EL-242
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

Radio Fuse Check
Location of Antenna
Antenna feeder
(RHO models)
Antenna feeder
(LHO models)
GEL020
Antenna Rod Replacement

1.
Loosen screws securing
2.
Pullout pipe from antenna base.

Heating the pipe with a drier makes it easier.
EL-243
antenna base.
AUDIO AND ANTENNA

Antenna Rod Replacement (Cont'd)
3.
4.
Cut off stopper at end of antenna rod using a file.

Pullout antenna rod from antenna base.
5.
6.
Insert new antenna rod to antenna base.

Apply adhesive to screw thread and tighten screw.
7.
Tighten screws to antenna base.
EL-244
HEATED SEAT
* For location of heating unit, refer to "SEAT"
in BT section.
Wiring Diagram -
HIS EAT -
EL-H/SEAT-01
IGNITION SWITCH
ON or START
FUSE
BLOCK
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
(]V
HI
w=n
w=n
- La RfOFF
~
B/Y
- La - RfOFF
B/W
lb4=Jl
B
LO
HEATED
SEAT
SWITCH
LH
(B13)
HI
-l5
Rf-
OFF
W/B
-la-Rf-
OFF
LO
HEATED
SEAT
SWITCH
RH
~
1----1-1::1-w-G>
-W/B~
Next page
'I-B/W~
II-B/Y~
f.
B
~
<[il)
~
~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
HEL 145
EL-245
HEATED SEAT
Wiring Diagram -
H/SEAT -
(Cont'd)
EL-H/SEAT-02
~W
<@-
Preceding
page
W/B -------
....
~B/W---.
<g).
B/Y
B/Y
-"'1
B/W
W/B
$-----$-------~
$-----$-------~
i-t----t------t, i-t----t------t,
Y
*1
I
I
I
m-----ffl
SEAT
CUSHION
SUBHEATER
SEAT
CUSHION
MAIN
HEATER
I
I
I
*2
SEAT
CUSHION
SUBHEATER
SEAT
CUSHION
MAIN
HEATER
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L:
SEAT BACK
HEATER
SEAT BACK
HEATER
~ L:
FRONT SEAT LH
FRONT SEAT RH
r------------------------~
I
2 ~,@
;4
~5
: 3
I
I
*1 , *2
II
I
I
....,I
II
m-----ffl
J'QL
~
*3 , *4
L
I
~
,.
B
~
~
~
@)
I
I
I
L:
~------------------------~
I
I
HEL 146
EL-246

System Description
NATS V2.0 for Nissan model N15 has the following immobiliser functions:
Since only NATS ignition keys, whose ID nos. have been registered into the ECM and IMMU of NATS,
allow the engine to run, operation of a stolen vehicle without a NATS registered key is prevented by
NATS.
That is to say, NATS V2.0 will immobilize the engine if someone tries to start it without the registered key of NATS V2.0.
Both of the originally supplied ignition key IDs have been NATS registered.
If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of four key IDs can be registered into the NATS components.
The NATS security indicator (NATS security ind.) blinks when the ignition switch is in "OFF" or
"ACC" position. Therefore, NATS warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft
system.
When NATS detects trouble, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) blinks.
NATS trouble diagnoses, system initialisation and additional registration of other NATS ignition key
IDs must be carried out using CONSULT hardware and CONSULT NATS software.
When NATS initialisation
has been completed, the ID of the inserted ignition key is automatically
NATS registered. Then, if necessary, additional registration of other NATS ignition key IDs can be
carried out.
Regarding the procedures of NATS initialisation and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSUL T operation manual, NATS V2.0.
When diagnosing NATS V2.0 using CONSULT, adapter and adapter harness for NATS V1.0 are not
necessary, although a direct DDL cable connection between CONSULT and DOL connector is
required.
When servicing a malfunction of the NATS V2.0 (indicated by flashing of Malfunction Indicator Lamp)
or registering another NATS ignition key ID no., it may be necessary to re-register original key identification. Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.
System Composition
The immobiliser function of the NATS for Nissan model N15 consists of the following:
NATS ignition key
NATS antenna amp. located in the ignition key cylinder
NATS immobiliser control unit (NATS IMMU)
Engine control module (ECM)
NATS security indicator located under the center cluster (NATS security ind.)
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
NATS ignition key
( ((
SEL304U
El-247

Component Parts Location
LHO models
rn NATS antenna
amp.
RHO models
rn NATS antenna
NATS security
amp.
indicator
GEL021
EL-248

Wiring Diagram -
NATS -
LHD MODELS
EL-NATS-01
I BATTERY
I
l75A
FUSE
BLOCK
~WJ
Refer to
EL-POWER.
(JIB)
W/L
ECM
(ECCS
CONTROL
WIL
~(fI@
~<BID
wlL
!i*1ll
I JUNCTION
~<tffi)
W/L
"2.4/
rn
BOX NO.2
(JOINT
CONNECTORS)
COMBINATION ORIL
M~~ER(MIL)
I
~
OR/L
OR
rn
1M
LINE
LINE
I ~
1/2611
YIG
BR/Y
Y/G
BR/Y
Y/G
~Ifll
BR/Y
Y/G
BR/Y
IiTIil
IDil
11*.21
~
It~~4~~~$~ - OR/L
lt It
UNIT)
em
OR/L
1__
WIL
1M
LCHKR
It
NATS
IMMU
~
~
L/OR'
U:
R/L t
lifll
GYIR'
~L t
~~-~~~----~~~----~
L/OR
GYIR
R/L
wh
rrh
m
<ffi9>
&~~
1211JOSIV
6 5
LJ
,-.., I
..
1 f.J
B
NATS
ANTENNA
AMP
@: With tachometer
*1",@
30 @ 40
*2",@
32 , @ 8
~~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
<BID , ~
r---------------------------------~
~WID
~W
@])
L
em
HEL147
EL-249

Wiring Diagram - NATS -
(Cont'd)
RHO MODELS
BATTERY
EL-NATS-02
17.5A
FUSE
~ffi)
Refer to
EL-POWER.
BLOCK
(JIB)
WIL
ECM
W/L tr.i\i\
db~
1M
1M
LCHKR
LINE
LINE
mITn
11241
125I
11261
~~~~~~~iCPN
OR,L
Y.G
BR,Y
OR/L
Y/G
BR/Y
I~I<BID
WIL
11*.21
@
1$~~4~~$~ - -
OR/L
OR/L
OR
rn
rn
rrn
em
~cIJl
Y/G
BR/Y
Y/G
BR/Y
riTIil
lt It It
1__
W/L
(ECCS
CONTROL
UNIT)
NATS
1MMU
UfJ
LlfU
+ii:~-i+~----i+~----+
GYIR~
L/OR~
L/OR
R/L
GYIR
RIL
rrfn
rrh
~
B
@: With tachometer
1-.J
I ...-w -,--;
*1' .. @30
*2"'@
NATS
ANTENNA
AMP
@ID
32
@40
Li Li J
(868)
<8W ~
Refer to last page

(Foldout page) .
~WID
I:illImJ
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
HEL 148
EL-250

Trouble Diagnoses
WORK FLOW
'MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
CHECK IN
Listen to customer complaints or request. (Get symptoms)

KEY SERVICE REQUEST (Additional key ID registration)
TROUBLE
Verify the blinking of MIL'.

(Refer to CONSULT operation
manual NATS V2.0.)
Using the CONSULT program card for NATS check the
"SELF-DiAG RESULTS" with CONSULT.
Self-diagnostic results referring to NATS and "DON'T

ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG" are displayed on
CONSULT.
(This means that engine trouble data has been detected in
ECM.)
Self-diagnostic results referring to NATS, but no information

about engine self-diagnostic results is displayed on CONSULT.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Repair NATS.
(If necessary, carry out "SELF-FUNCTION CHECK" or "C/U
INITIALISATION" with CONSULT.)
Turn ignition switch "ON".
Repair NATS.
(If necessary, carry out "SELF-FUNCTION CHECK" or "C/U
INITIALISATION" with CONSULT.)
Don't erase the NATS "SELF.DlAG RESULTS" by using

CONSULT.
Erase the NATS "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" by using CONSULT. (Touch "ERASE")
I
I
Start the engine.
NG
Verify no blinking of MIL'.
Start the engine.
OK
I Turn
NG Verify no blinking of MIL'.
ignition switch "OFF".
OK
~
Check the engine "SELF-DiAG RESULTS" with CONSULT by
using the CONSULT generic program card.
(Engine diagnostic software included)
CHECK OUT
Perform running test with CONSULT in engine SELF-DiAG

RESULTS" mode.
NG Verify "NO FAILURE" displayed on the CONSULT screen.
Repair ECCS. (Refer to EC section.)
I Turn
ignition switch "ON".
OK
CHECK OUT
Erase the engine "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" by using CONSULT. (Touch "ERASE".)
I Start the engine.
EL-251

Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd)
CONSULT INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn off ignition switch.
2. Connect "CONSULT" to Data link connector for CONSULT.
(Data link connector for CONSULTis located behind the fuse
box cover.)
3. Insert NATS program card into CONSULT.

Program card
NATS-E940
4. Turn on ignition switch.
5. Touch "START".
+:
NISSAN
CONSULT
~====Iij-=:JI
START
SEL327U
SELECT
NATS SYSTEM
0I
6. Touch "V.2.0 (GASOLINE)".
V.1.0
V. 2. 0 (GASOLINE)
V. 2. 0 (DIESEL)
SEL328U
SELECT
DIAG MODE
c/u INITIALISATION
SELF-DIAG
RESULTS
SELF-FUNCTION
7. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure.

For further information, see the CONSULT Operation Manual,
NATS V2.0.
CHECK
SEL329U
EL-252

HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Result display screen (When malfunction is detected)
Result display screen (When no malfunction is detected)
SELF-DIAG
RESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
TIME
*NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC
FAILURE INDICATED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
SELF-DIAG
FAILURE
IMMU
Detected items
DETECTED
"
Time data'
This indicates how many
times the vehicle was
driven after the last
detection of a malfunction
If the malfunction is being
detected currently. the
time data will be "0".
**
DIFFERENCE
ERASE
Page mark
RESULTS.
PRINT
When touched, the

sell-diagnostic results
stored in the engine
control module (ECM)
are erased.
--l; ERASE
OF KEY
"
PRINT
;J-
When touched, the

self-diagnostic results
are printed out.
SEL332UD
* If trip number is more than 1, MIL does not blink .
EL-253

CONSULT DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION
CONSULT DIAGNOSTIC TEST
Description
MODE
C/U INITIALIZATION
When replacing any of the following three components, C/U initialization

[NATS ignition key/lMMU/ECMj
SELF-FUNCTION CHECK
ECM checks its own NATS communication
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart below.
is necessary.
interface by itself.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART

Detected items (Screen terms)
Reference page
Description
IMMU
ECM received the signal from IMMU that IMMU is malfunctioning.
EL-257
ECM
ECM is malfunctioning.
EL-257
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
Communication impossible between ECM and IMMU.
EL-258
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
IMMU can receive the key 10 signal but the result of ID verification
between key ID and IMMU is NG.
EL-260
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
IMMU cannot receive the key ID signal.
EL-261
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
The result of 10 verification between IMMU and ECM is NG. System

initialisation is required.
EL-263
MINGLE NOISE
Noise (interference) mingled into NATS communication

communicating.
EL-264
DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG
Engine trouble data and NATS trouble data have been detected in
ECM.
EL-254
lines during
EL-264

SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1
(Self-diagnosis related item)
X: Possibility item. 'MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
SYMPTOM
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning
part or mode)
REFERENCE PART
NO. OF ILLUSTRA Blinking of MIL'.
TION ON NEXT PAGE Engine will start.
Blinking of MIL'.
Hard to start
engine.
Displayed "SELFDIAG RESULTS" on

CONSULT screen.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Reference page)
IMMU
IMMU
PROCEDURE 1
(EL-257)
ECM
ECM
PROCEDURE 2
(EL-257)
CHAIN OF ECMIMMU
PROCEDURE 3
(EL-258)
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
PROCEDURE 4
(EL-260)
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
PROCEDURE 5
(EL-261)
Open circuit in battery voltage line of

IMMU circuit
C1
Open circuit in ignition line of IMMU circuit
C2
Open circuit in
ground line of IMMU
circuit
C3
Open circuit in communication line

between IMMU and
ECM
C4
Short circuit between

IMMU and ECM communication line and
battery voltage line
C4
Short circuit between

IMMU and ECM communication line and
ground line
C4
Open circuit in power

source line of ANTI
AMP circuit
E3
ECM
IMMU
Unregistered key
IMMU
E1
E2
Open circuit in power

source line of ANTI
AMP circuit
E3
Open circuit in
ground line of ANTI
AMP circuit
E4
Malfunction of key 10
chip
E5
IMMU
Antenna amp.
E6
Communication line
between ANTIAMP
and IMMU:
Open circuit or short
circuit of battery voltage line or short circuit of ground line
EL-255

SYMPTOM
REFERENCE PART
Blinking of MIL *.
NO. OF ILLUSTRA Blinking of MIL*.
Hard to start
TION ON NEXT PAGE Engine will start.
engine.
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning
part or mode)
System initialisation
has not yet been
completed.
ECM
Noise interference in
communication line
Engine trouble data
and NATS trouble
data have been
detected in ECM
(Reference page)
Displayed "SELFDIAG RESULTS" on

CONSULT screen.
10 DISCORD, IMMECM
PROCEDURE 6
(EL-263)
MINGLE NOISE
PROCEDURE 7
(EL-264)
DON'T ERASE
BEFORE CHECKING
ENG DIAG
WORK FLOW
(EL-251)
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2

(Non self-diagnosis related item)
X: Possibility item
(Reference page)
SYMPTOM
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning part or mode)
NATS security indo does not light up.
NATS security indo

Open circuit between Fuse and NATS IMMU
PROCEDURE 8
(EL-264)
X
Continuation of initialisation
mode
NATS IMMU
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGRAM

IGN
IGN
PART 0
Key 10 chip (PART E5)
i-------L----j )
,:
I~
.'
PART C2~
PART
+1./
C1
PART E1, E2, E3, E4
) )
(MIL)
PART C4
ECM
(((
NATS ignition
key
NATS antenna amp.
.. ........
................
:'
.......
D
CONSULT
EL-256
PART F
SEL466U

FAILURE DETECTED
IMMU
DIAGNOSTIC
SELF-DIAGRESULTS.
PROCEDURE
Self-diagnostic results:
"IMMU" displayed on CONSULT
TIME
0
screen
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "IMMU" displayed on

CONSULT screen.
Ref. part No: A.
ERASE
II
Yes
PRINT
SEL330U
Replace IMMU.
Perform initialisation with CONSULT.

For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation
manual NATS V2.0".
* Ref. part No.: reference part No. of Diagnostic System Diagram on EL-255
SELF-DIAGRESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
ECM
DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE
"ECM" displayed on CONSULT
TIME
0
2
screen
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "ECM" displayed on

CONSULT screen.
Ref. part No. B.
ERASE
II
PRINT
I
SEL331U
Replace ECM.

For the operation of initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation
manual NATS V2.0".
EL-257

FAILURE DETECTED
CHAINOF ECM-IMMU
DIAGNOSTIC
SELF-DIAGRESULTS.
II
PRINT
"CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" displayed on CONSULT screen
TIME
00
ERASE
PROCEDURE
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS "CHAIN OF ECMIMMU" displayed on CONSULT
screen.
I
SEL333U
OK
Ii)
Check voltage between terminal G) of
IMMU and ground with CONSULTor
tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
IMMU
connector@
NG
1----+
OK
EEFfIfEill
Check the following:

7.5A fuse
Harness continuity
between fuse and
IMMU connector @
If NG, repair harness or
connector.
Ref. part No. C1
~
SEL475U
Check voltage between terminal @ of

IMMU and ground with CONSULTor
tester.
NG
1----+
OK
IMMU
connector@
EEFf,11lE
Check the following:

7.5A fuse
Harness continuity
between fuse and
IMMU connector @,
or between ignition
switch and fuse.
connectors.
Ref. part No. C2
I!]
SEL476U
Check harness continuity between

IMMU terminal CID or @ and ground.
NG
r----.-
OK
IMMU
connector@
Ii
'--Ulsl
Check harness continuity between the

following ECM terminals and IMMU ter.
minals.
ECM @ and IMMU @
ECM @ and IMMU @
SEL477U
Ii
II
El'CONNECTORII
WilfEB
~~
Y/G
OK
~i5
~i5
ECM
Repair harness or check

the body ground screws
@,@and@!).
Ref. part No. C3
BRIY
[fiJ
IMMU
connector
@
fQj
SEL478U
EL-258
NG
1----+

Harness connectors
@,QD
Harness continuity
between ECM and
IMMU.
connectors.
Ref. part No. C4

Ii
II
ECM
'BRIY
IMMU
, , connector @
2526
Y/G'
~::
::5JlM
II
II
L.l..................
Ii
~1=rEE
11
~CONNECTORII
':"
SEL479U
CHECK COMMUNICATION LINE CIRCUIT.

1) Disconnect ECM connector and
IMMU connector.
2) Check voltage between the following
terminals and ground.
ECM @. ECM @l, IMMU @ and
IMMU @
Voltage: OV
NG
---..
Communication line is
short-circuited with battery voltage line or ignition switch ON line.
Repair harness or connectors.
Ref. part No. C4
OK
II
ECM
~ CONNECTOR
II~
2526
Y/G'
, , connector @
'BRIY
J0.,
~::~
~
11133
11 IMMU
"
::19JlO
II
II
~..l.._...............
':"
SEL480U
III
R3L
ITIID
NATS antenna amp.

connector @ill)
short-circuited with
ground line.
Ref. pari No. C4
Check continuity between the following

ECM @, ECM @. IMMU @ and IMMU
@
Continuity should not exist.
OK
III
CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. CIRCUIT.
1) Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
3) Check voltage between antenna
amp. terminal G) and ground.
Voltage: More than 4.7V
NG
NATS antenna amp. +5V

line is short-circuited
with battery voltage line
or ground line.
Ref. part No. E3
OK
o
SEL481U
SELECT DIAG MODE
01
C/U INITIALISATION
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
SELF-FUNCTION CHECK
====1
III
I
I
SEL340U
SELF-FUNCTION CHECK
1) Connect ECM connector and
disconnect IMMU connector.
3) Touch "SELF-FUNCTION
CHECK" on CONSULT
"SELECT DIAG MODE"
screen.
II (See
Touch "START". ECM will then
check its communication interface by itself.
next page.)
Replace ECM.
Ref. part No. B
OK
m (See next page.)
SELF-FUNCTION CHECK
TOUCH START,
THEN ECM CHECK THE
IMMU COMMUNiCATION
INTERFACE BY ITSELF.
START
ij~
SEL341U
EL-259

For the operation
of initialisation,
refer to "CONSULT operation
manual NATS
V2.0".

SELF-FUNCTION CHECK
ECM's IMMU
COMMUNICATION
INTERFACE
IMMU is malfunctioning.
Replace IMMU.
Ref. part No. A
*** *** 11[!1 *** ***

___
P_R_IN_T
SEL342U
II
SELF-FUNCTION CHECK
00
___
with CON-
For the operation of

initialisation, refer to "CONSULT
ECM's IMMU
COMMUNICATION
INTERFACE
******
Perform initialisation
SULT.
operation
manual NATS V2.0".
OK ******
P_RI_N_T
'
SEL343U
SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
TIME
0
DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE
Self-diagnostic
"DIFFERENCE
results:
OF KEY" displayed
PRINT
ERASE
"
INITIALISATION
STOPPED or FAILED
TURN IGN KEY SW "OFF"

AND "ON" AFTER CONFIRMING SELF-DIAG
RESULTS, PERFORM C/U
INITIALISATION AGAIN.
ERASE
II
PRINT
screen
RESULTS "DIFFERENCE OF
KEY" displayed on CONSULT
screen.
SEL344U
C/U INITIALISATION
on CONSULT
00
I
00
Perform initialisation with CONSULT .

Re-register all NATS ignition key
IDs.
For the operation of initialisation,
manual NATS V2.0".
Initialisation
incompleted
or failed
with CONSULT
I!J
IMMU is malfunctioning.
Replace IMMU.
Ref. part No. A
l,nitialisation
completed
Start engine.
SEL372U
~
END
(Ignition key ID was unregistered.)
Ref. part No. 0
EL-260
00
Perform in itial isation with CONSULT.

For the operation
of initialisation,
refer to "CONSUL T operation
manual NATS
V2.0"

SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
DIAGNOSTIC
"CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY"
TIME
0
"
PRINT
displayed
on CONSULT screen
RESULTS "CHAIN OF IMMUKEY" displayed on CONSULT
screen.
1:1.
SEL373U
~~i5
NATS antenna amp.

connector~
IMMU
connector@
00
ERASE
PROCEDURE
ma, ~~fJ
[ill
CHECK ANTENNA AMP. CIRCUIT.

1) Disconnect IMMU connector and
NATS antenna amp. connector.
2) Check continuity between the follow ing IMMU terminals and NATS
antenna amp. terminals.
IMMU
terminal
NAT8 antenna
amp. terminal
Ref. part
No.
E1
E2
Continuity
should
NG
Check harness and connectors.

connectors.
exist.
SEL482U
~,34=@
I
:
I
I
I
I
~
,
'
Check continuity between the following

NATS antenna amp.

connector~
IMMU
connector@
I
I
I
I
I
__ .- ..-.
__
I~~
I I
I I
I I
I I
,
[ill
~..
IMMU
terminal
NAT8 antenna
amp. terminal
E1
~)
E2
Continuity
should
NG
Ref. part
No.
short-circuited with
ground line.
not exist.
~
SEL483U
Check voltage between the following

IMMU
connector @
NATS antenna amp.

connector ~
~
r=am
T
6
:
t ::~
,
I
I'L!.-JflTl
.------_ .... ----_........
I
I
,
I
I
I
"
I
I
IMMU
terminal
NAT8 antenna
amp. terminal
Ref. part
No.
E1
E2
Voltage:
NG
short-circuited with battery voltage line or ignition switch "ON" line.
OV
~
SEL484U
CHECK ANTENNA AMP. POWER

SOURCE CIRCUIT.
1) Connect IMMU connector.
2) Check voltage between NATS
antenna amp. terminal G) and
ground.
NATS antenna amp.

connector~
Voltage:
More than 4.7V

OK
SEL485U
EL-261
NG
Power source line is

open circuit.
Ref. part No. E3

Ii
Ii
NATSantenna amp.
connector@ID
CHECK ANTENNA AMP. GROUND LINE

CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2) Check continuity between NATS
antenna amp. terminal @ and
ground.
NG
OK
SEL486U
CHECK NATS IGNITION KEY 10 CHIP.

1) Connect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2) Pull the ignition key out.
3) Start engine with another registered
NATS ignition key.
Start
NATS antenna amp.

ground line is open circuit.
Check harness continuity
between IMMU terminal
(J) and NATS antenna
amp. terminal @.
connectors.
Ref. part No. E4
Ignition key 10 chip was
malfunction ing.
Replace the ignition key.
Ref. part No. E5
Start NG
[!1
CHECK IMMU OUTPUT VOLTAGE.

1) Turn the ignition switch "ON".
2) Check voltage between IMMU term inal @ and ground.
Voltage: More than 4.7V
~i5
NG
00
OK
IMMU
connector@
ffitflfEB
'-+
1:1
SEL487U
~i5
CHECK IMMU GROUND CIRCUIT.

1) Turn the ignition switch "OFF".
2) Disconnect IMMU connector.
3) Check continuity between IMMU terminal (J) and ground.
NG
Replace IMMU.
Ref. part No. A
Replace IMMU.
Ref. part No. A
OK
IMMU
connector@
00
CHECK IMMU FUNCTION 1.

1) Connect IMMU connector and NATS
antenna amp. connector.
2) Check voltage between IMMU term inal @ and ground.
Voltage
SEL488U

For the operation
of initialisation,
manual NATS
V2.0".
~i5
Time (After turning ignition switch "ON".)
Voltage IV]
For approx. 0.5 sec.
Approx. 2.3 - 5
After 1 sec.
IMMU
connector@
rtfa;EB
0K
1
SEL489U
EL-262
NG

For the operation
of initialisation,
manual NATS
V2.0".
Replace IMMU.
Ref. part No. A

CID
II
IMMU
connector@
SEL490U
CHECK IMMU FUNCTION 2.

1) Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
3) Check voltage between IMMU terminal @ and ground.
Voltage:
6 sec. after turning ignition switch
"ON"
Approx. 4.5 - 5V
NG
r---+
Replace IMMU.
Ref. part No. A
00
OK

For the operation
of initialisation,
manual NATS
V2.0".
NATS antenna amp. is malfunctioning.

When replacing the amp. hold on to
amp. body. Take care not to pull on
amp. harness.
Ref. part No. E6
SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
ID DISCORD,IMM-ECM
DIAGNOSTIC
"ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM"
TIME
0
00
ERASE
[;]
II
PRINT
INITIALISATION
STOPPED or FAILED
displayed
RESULTS "10 DISCORD, IMMECM*" displayed on CONSULT
screen.
TURN IGN KEY SW "OFF"

AND "ON", AFTER CONFIRMING SELF-DIAG
RESULTS, PERFORM C/U
INITIALISATION AGAIN.
II
SEL383U
C/U INITIALISATION
ERASE
PROCEDURE
PRINT
Perform initialisation with CONSULT .

Re-register all NATS ignition key
IDs.
For the operation of initialisation,
manual NATS V2.0".
on CONSULT screen
* "10 DISCORD, IMM-ECM":
Registered ID of IMMU is
in discord with that of
ECM.
Initialisation
incompleted
or failed
with CONSULT
[;]
Replace ECM.
Ref. part No. F
Initialisation
completed
Start engine.
SEL372U
END
Ref. part No. F

For the operation
of initialisation,
manual NATS
V2.0".
EL-263

SELF.DIAGRESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
MINGLENOISE
TIME
0
DIAGNOSTIC
m
~
II
PRINT
"MINGLE NOISE" displayed on CONSULT screen
ERASE
PROCEDURE
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "MINGLE NOISE" displayed on CONSULT screen.
Turn off or remove any possible noise sources.
SEL384U
SELF.DIAGRESULTS.
FAILURE DETECTED
MINGLENOISE
Touch "ERASE" on CONSULT SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

screen.
TIME
0
NG
Start engine.
OK
ER~I
PRINT
END
SEL385U
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8
"NATS SECURITY IND. DOES NOT LIGHT UP"
m
Check fuse (7.5A) in the fuse box.
UP
SIDE
....
I~
7.5A
EE3J
NG
Replace fuse.
OK
END
OK
NATS INITIALISATION
1) Fix the 7.5A fuse shown left
m.
SEL491U
2) Perform initialisation with

CONSULT.
For the operation of
initialisation, refer to "CONSULT operation manual NATS
V2.0".
Start engine and turn ignition switch

"OFF".
Check NATS security indo blinking.

NG
EL-264

@
NATSsecurity indo
connector@
rQl1
DIJ
Ii)
Check voltage between NATS security
indo connector terminal G) (Located
under the instrument panel) and
ground.
NG
f------+
@).
connector .

.".
OK
SEL492U
[!]
[!]
~15c&a~15
IMMU
connector@
NATSsecurity indo
connector~
EEFf,l1iE
[ID
Repair harness.
IE
CHECK NATS IMMU FUNCTION
1) Connect NATS IMMU connector.
2) Disconnect NATS security indo connector.
3) Check continuity between NATS
IMMU terminal @ and ground.
Continuity should exist intermittently.
~15
IMMU
connector@
EEFfI1iili
CHECK NATS SECURITY IND. CIRCUIT.

1) Disconnect NATS IMMU connector.
2) -Check harness continuity between
NATS security indo connector terminal @ and NATS IMMU connector
terminal @.
OK
SEL493U
IE
Check harness continuity

between fuse and NATS
security indo connector
NG
-+
NATS IMMU is malfunctioning. Replace IMMU.
00
OK
SEL494U

For the operation
of initialisation,
manual NATS
V2.0".
NATS security indo is malfunctioning.

Pull out NATS security indo with harness and connector.
Check harness connection
Repair harness.
OK
NATS security indo cell is malfunctioning.
Replace NATS security indo
EL-265

Engine Compartment
Front wiper motor (LHD models)
ASS relay box and actuator
(RHO models)
Front wiper motor (RHO models)
Fusible link and relay box

Glow relay (CD engine
models)
Fusible link and fuse box
Fusible link and fuse box
Fusible link and relay box
Rear fog lamp relay

Cooling fan
relay-2
Rear window defogger relay

(CD engine with daytime light system)
Cooling fan relay-3 (SR engine

AT models and CD engine)
Rear window defogger relay
(GA engine with daytime light system)
HEL149
EL-266

Passenger Compartment
LHD MODELS
Rear window defogger timer

(With daytime light system)
NATS IMMU (Gasoline
Warning buzzer unit

Combination
engine)
Door lock timer
flasher unit
ABS control unit
Junction
box NO.2 (Joint connectors)

Front wiper amplifier
Stop lamp switch
SMJ (Main harnessfront door harness)
Mirror defogger relay

(With daytime light system)
Sun roof relay (Without power window)
Power window relay (With power window)
Front fog lamp relay
SMJ (Main harnessengine room harness)
Rear wiper amplifier

Daytime light unit
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

(With dual air bag system)
Circuit breaker
Fuel pump relay
(Gasoline engine)
ECM (ECCS control module) (Gasoline engine)

ECM (Engine control module) (Diesel engine)
Fuse block (JIB)

Ignition relay
Blower relay
Accessory
ECCS relay (Gasoline
engine)
relay
HEL 150
EL-267

Passenger Compartment (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS
Warning buzzer unit

ABS control
NATS IMMU (Gasoline
engine for Europe)
Rear wiper amplifier
unit
Combination
Front wiper amplifier

flasher unit
Stop lamp switch

Sun rool relay (Without power window)
Power window relay (With power window)
Front fog lamp relay
SMJ (Main harnessengine room harness)
SMJ (Main harnessIront door harness)
Circuit breaker
Fuel pump relay
(Gasoline engine)
EGM (EGGS control module) (Gasoline engine)

EGM (Engine control module) (Diesel engine)
Fuse block (JIB)

Accessory
EGGS relay (Gasoline
relay
Blower relay
engine)
Ignition relay
HEL151
EL-268
HARNESS LAYOUT
How to Read Harness Layout
Example:
G2
T
T
8/6
: ASCD ACTUATOR
~nector
color / Cavity
Connector number
Grid reference
The following Harness Layouts use a map style grid to help locate connectors
Engine Room Harness (Engine Compartment)
Main Harness
Body Harness
on the drawings:
To use the grid reference

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Find the desired connector number on the connector list.

Find the grid reference.
On the drawing, find the crossing of the grid reference letter column and number row.
Find the connector number in the crossing zone.
Follow the line (if used) to the connector.
CONNECTOR
SYMBOL
Main symbols of connector
(in Harness Layout) are indicated

Water proof type
in the below.
Standard type
Connector type
Male
Less than 4
Cavity:
Relay connector
Cavity: From 5 to 8
Cavity: More than 9

Ground terminal
Female
Male
Female
@i)
c90
etc.
@?
FFC (FLAT FLEXIBLE CIRCUIT)

An FFC (Flat Flexible Circuit) has been adopted for door harness of 3-door Hatchback models for Europe.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify the FFC. If the FFC is damaged,
Do not force the FFC in the opposite direction to which it is bent.
EL-269
replace
with a new one .
HARNESS LAYOUr
Outline
LHD MODELS
Tail harness
Engine harness
HEL 152
RHO MODELS
Enqine harness
EL-270
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness
GA14DE, 16DE ENGINE FOR EUROPE AND GA15DE ENGINE
Ul
Qj
"0
o
E
en
'eQ)n
a:
o
::r:
..J
Ul
Q)
/
a;-
"0
a;-
::r:
a:
:;
E.
f:?
~ 0
::l
x
W
'"
<:
Q)
'"Q)'" '"Q)
c ~
~ ~
i;,
Q)
::l
'".l!J
E
.. .. ..
't
<0
<0
>:
::J <!l
:s
. .......
..
<0
~
<Xl
~~~
0
N
<3
@@@@@@@
~
a:
co
L()
a:
co
N N
a:
co
cry
:3 >:
c.. <!l
a:
co
N N
<!l CD CD CD CD
<0
~ >: >:
<!l <!l <!l
@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
"0
<:
::l
0,
Q)
<:
'0,
<:
W
HEL 164
EL-271
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness (Cont'd)
GA 16DE ENGINE EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
"0
c:
::>
o
0,
C1l
c:
00,
c:
UJ
o
o
LL
@
~
~
o~
a:
@@@@@@
L-
--'
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
HEL165
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness (Cant' d)
SR20DE ENGINE
@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@
HEL 166
EL-273
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness
ENGINE COMPARTMENT -
LHD models
C\I
u.
@
@ @
@
@ @
@ @
Cl
OJ
L{)
C\I
HEL154
EL-274
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Conl'd)
E
~en
1:
1:
<1l
<1l
en>en
,'2'
Cii
"tJ
o
E
mm
c c
t::
<1l
Q)
<1l
Ol
Q)
';;::
>
en
Cii
~
"tJ
'g (;
OJ 0
1i E
a:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
WWOOWWWWW[IJ
"5
o
:5
<1l
"tJ
:5
<t:
C)
'~
Cll
"tJ
o 0
S:2.S:2.
,!;;
Q)
.~
'0, '0,
:::;;;
.'2'
<1l
N ~
';;::
en
Cii
"tJ
"tJ
0
(; E
I-
(5 f-
:;;:
E :;;:
a:
'c::J
(;
(5
E
Ol
C
'E
cr: 'iij
a. a.
E E
Cll
Cll
U U
Cll
Q)
N M ~ N
C)u.u.oooooou.
N N N ~
Cll
Q)
~ N N N N N ~ N N N M ~ M
U U U <t: u <t: [IJ <t: <t: <t: <t: <t: <t:
HEL 155
EL-275
HARNESS LAYOUT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RH
En.
gme
0 models
oom Harness (Conl'd)
C\I
L.L.
00
@ @
@
@ @
@ @
w
o
~
D
N
-Ie
C\I
HEL 156
EL-276
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Conl'd)
<D
<D
c-
0-
:;
:;
@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
M M M M
ucouucoco
M M
M ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
couuuuooowowwoowww
~ M M
M M ~
<D
c
6>
Q)
"6>
~ ~
Q)
Q)
CJ
a:
c-
.c
()
S "~
~
(J)
Cii Qi
c >
Ol~
"m
-0
c "5
.a ;:;::
Q)
11
-0
i:7i co
(0
ii
co
C\I
N N C\l
UOOWWWULL
@@@@@ @ @@@@@@@@@@
(\J
T-
T-
CJ
co U
(\J
N N
U
(\J
N N
(\J
HEL 157
EL-277
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Coni' d)
PASSENGER
(0
C\I
COMPARTMENT
LHO models
'<t
~ ~ ~
~(ID(ID
(0
C')
ffi
~ ~ co
(0
(&) OO@)@
HEL 158
EL-278
HARNESS LAYOUr
Engine Room Harness (Cont'd)
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
RHO models
C')
co
~ ~
~~
HEL 159
EL-279
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness
LHD MODELS
LO
u..
u..
()
co
LO
HEL160
EL-280
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness (ConI' d)
ec
o
(.)
(/)
()
()
!:!-OJ
~~0
()
W
.s::
OJ
c::
c:: '6>
c::
.Q Q)
(;j
c:: Q)
.~
.s::
-E
~
(5
~
:;
~
.s:: .s::
a:
"< If~Cl
.~
c::
.s::
.~
(/)
c::
If
.~
(/)
'0 ()
Q)
(.)
Cii
-""
<ll
Q)
Q.
(/)
Cii
Ol
Ol
(/)
.2
<ii
"tJ
...0
0
"tJ
Q)
2? ;;:
<ll
.~ @.Q
c::
-~
"tJ
!:!:.
0
15
<ll
.s::
c::
.~
<ii
Q)
II: II:
00
.~
Q,
:EOl
(/)
Ol
c::
"0
::J
M M M M M M M N
WLLLLWLLLLLLWClWW
N N
.,....
.,....
.,....
N (\J
.,.... .,....
ClWClLLWWW
N N .,....
.,....
N M N
LLLL0LLLLLLLL000LL
N N
.,....
OJ
c::
'6>
c::
Q)
Qi
(/)
Q)
e.
c::
o
_a; ~c::
.s:: -Ol
E
==
= ~
Q)
:::: >-
~ ~
<ll
--Ol.s::
() ~
(/)
()
NMMNNN~
NNNMMMNN
()()()rororo~()()()()()()OOOOO
HEL161
EL-281
HARNESS LAYOUr
Main Harness (Coni' d)
RHO MODELS
C\I
LO
HEL 162
EL-282
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness (Cont'd)
ui
co
'5
o
:5
.j:
Ql
ui
co
Q.
eE
::>
LU
8
en
o
o
~Ql
:2:~
LU
E
Q)
tl
Q)
>-
c.
7
u
.2
Q;
CD
E
o
(/)
2
::>
LU
ltl
.c
u
Q)
.;g
Q.
(/)
(:;
<b
-0
(:;
LL
"'"
C'l
C'l
C'l
LL LL LU LU
~ ~ ~
N ~ ~ ~ N
LULULUOLLCOCJLULULULULLLUOO
N N
C'l N
LUOOO
"'"
"'"
C'l "'"
00
HEL 163
EL-283
HARNESS LAYOUr
Body Harness
3-DOOR HATCHBACK
LHD models
---------------
"0
C
::l
6>
>..
"0
co
en>..
E
en>..
Q)
:E
:E
I/)
Q)
Ql
Q)
en
en
en>.. g
.gl
Q)
en
-0;
Ol
"0
.~
0;
-0
coo.
~ E
.r:
:;::
>-0>
Ol :=
~Ol
TI
"0
~ ~
~
.~
~ ~
-0
I
I
.r:
Q)
~
...J
en
.-E .r:
E
$,
"0
.0;
>..
Q)
:E E
Q)
.r:
.~
.~
a:
~ ~
.r:
.~
en
...J
a:
Q)
20l
en "0
-"
c <ii <ii Ol <ii
<ii
-"
Q)
Q)
Q)
Q)
0;
::l
u
en .E en en
c- 0
0 en
O
.~ "0 0, -0 -0 0>-0 "0
@@@)~
~ ~ ~
::l
U.
~
Q)
a:
u:
>0"0
0
Ql
Q)
<ii
<ii
Q)
Q)
CO I
~~ ~
Ol
Ol
Cl.
Ql
<1J
<ii
Q)
I
HEL 170
EL-284
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness (Coni' d)
3-000R
HATCHBACK
RHO models
"0
C
::J
o
0,
>"0
o
-----_
co
~~
"5 :;
-~
00
I
..J
Q)
"0
'00
a:
HEL 171
EL-285
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness (Cont'd)
SEDAN -
LHD models
N
LO
u.
u.
LO
HEL 172
EL-286
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness (Coni' d)
CD
"5 c
Q.:S
I
-' -'
t3
~ ~ ~
c. c.
E E
:!:
ceO.
.Q 0
:0 :0
enc ~c ~
E E
8 8 e
(ij
Co
OJ
OJ
a:a:~
~
::l
00
u::
iJj
II)
II)
G)
...co
c:
.c:
>-
'tl
C'?C"')C"')C\JC\JC\JC\JC\JC\J
ooooouwu..u..u..uow
__
NN
HEL173
EL-287
LAYOUT
HARNESS
(Cont'd)
Body Harness
SEDAN -
RHO models
C\I
Cl
.,....
C\I
LO
HEL 174
EL-288
HARNESS LAYOUr
Body Harness (Cont'd)
w w
0l0l
0l0l
.E
.E
Ql Ql
"0
"0
"0 "0
:;)
en
:;)
OJ
>- >-
"0 "0
o 0
IDID
III
III
CIl
..
c:
cu
s::
>-
"0
N ~ N M ~ N N M ~ M ~ N
CJ LL CJ CJ LL LL woo
0
WOlD
~ N N N N
(,)
ID
ID
N N
LL 0
HEL 175
EL-289
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness (Conl'd)
5-DOOR HATCHBACK
LHD models
~~
a; CD
Ql
"0
'(jj
'5 "5
00
~~
:c :c
..J a:
Qi
Ol
c
Ql
0.0.
:c
..J
..c :c
..J
<J)
~Qi
.~
<J)
<J)
u
.Q
~
0
0
"0
E
0. .!!!
E c
.!!! 0
E ~
0 c:
0 :0
~
~c:
~
~
:0 tIl
"0
::l
.~ .c
en .~
~ :!!:
co:
0
"0
0,
'0
1=.
>. -C
:c
a:
!E
c :c ..c
0
tIl
0.
Qi
..c
0
0.
a:
o~
oo@
~~~
ig
0 0 g ~ ~ ~ ~
~
0
"0
VJ
Ql
0-
<J)
Co
OJ
a:
"0
Ql
~~3
Ql
OJ
a: a: a:
a.l ~ ~
.. .. .. .. .. .. ..
CON
[D
~~
~ ~~
a: a:
[D
.".
.".
[D
[D
a: a:
a:
[D
(0
@@@@@@@@@@@@
HEl176
EL-290
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness (Conl'd)
5-000R
HATCHBACK
RHO models
~
~
-g::> '=------~
;~
aiL
HEL 177
EL-291
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body No. 2 Harness
LHD MODELS
HEL 178
EL-292
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body No.2 Harness (ConI' d)
RHO MODELS
....J
<ll
<ll
Cii
> >
Oi Oi Cii eo
> > eo <t:
TI TI <t: (;
0 0 ~
<: <: 0 ~ (;
<ll
<ll
!/l
!/l
(5 (5
~
~
.8
>< 15
0 E
(; I
!/l
<:
<ll
!/l
TI
<ll
<ll
0.
!/l
.0
Cii <ll
~ 0.
r;
u:: u:: u ~ 3 ~
0 0
0 0
>- >0 0
::5 ::5
CI1
::l
Cii
eo
<t:
CI1
(f)
eo eo
<t: <t:
"E "E
0
u:
tt
Cii
(; eo
E ~<t:
!!!
0 0Oi
~ <:
0.
Ol
0c.;;
'2
TI
<:
::l
Q)
(j)
Ol
"E
~(f)
.3
<ll
TI
::l
Q)
CI1
(f)
....J
...,0 eo"8
"2
"E
eo
<t:
HEL 179
EL-293
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Harness
GA ENGINE
(])
0.
c:
"5>
c:
Ql
()
(])
(])
"~
(/)
Qi
"~
"0
0
~
tii
~w
~~
0
It)
::J
E <: <:
"0 C9
tii I- c:
::J ~
Cll 0.
(])
a. <:
0 ~ Ql Qi ()
c: Cll x
(])
:s
E "5> u;
W
(/)
c:
(/)
Ql
Ql
a.
e
::J
ill
E m
"0
0
0.
E
(])
()
0 x
Ql
ill
0
CD
C9
:- Z'l i"'
;'!"
LL
Ql
Qi
0."0
o 0
5 E
w
.E
t:
:ii
HEL 167
EL-294
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Harness (Corlt'd)
SR ENGINE
5
en
c
Ql
en
-g 0
~
en
(5
E E
HEL168
EL-295
HARNESS LAYOUr
Engine Harness (Co nt' d)
CD ENGINE
<5
(J)
c
Q)
(J)
~
:>
'@
Q)
c.
~
"~
ctIl ~
C
g ~
u
Q) Oi
c E
"5> Q;
c .c
I-
"0
C
:>
eOl
Q)
c
"5>
c
W
HEL 169
EL-296
HARNESS LAYOUT
Air Bag Harness
LHD MODELS
(ill
GD
GD
GD
Y/24
Air bag diagnosis
Y/6
Spiral cable
sensor unit
Y/12
To(~)
Y/2
Air bag module (Passenger
side)
HEL180
RHO MODELS
(ill
GD
GD
GD
Y/24
Air bag diagnosis
Y/6
Spiral cable
sensor unit
Y/12
To (~)
Y/2
Air bag module (Passenger
side)
HEL181
EL-297
HARNESS LAYOUT
Room Lamp Harness
'0
o ~
~ '0
c:
::J
1Il
-::J
0
~
c:
::>
1Il
:5
~~
@@@@@
@
@
HEL182
EL-298
__________
...!H~A~R=N~E~S~S~LA~VY!OQ.U!!T!....--------Back Door Harness
"0
::>
o
0,
>-
"0
CD
"0
c
::>
o
0,
~o
CD
en
en
Cll
...
c
C'll
J:
CD
T"'"'
.,.-
iii iii I
.c
:J
Cf)
00000000
HEL 183
EL-299
HARNESS LAYOUT
LHD MODELS (Standard type)

@
@
@
BR/3
Door mirror actuator
GY/2
Door mirror defogger
B/2
SMJ
TO@
BR/2
Door speaker
Front Door Harness (LH side)

Power window main switch
@W/12
(With front door power window)
Power window regulator
@W/16
(With front and rear door power window)

@GY/4
Door lock actuator
Lock knob switch (With power door lock lype-2)
GY/2
(With power door lock type-1)
HEL 184
LHD MODELS (FFC type)
@
@
@
@
SMJ
TO@
BR/2
Door speaker
@W/12
BR/3
@GY/4
Door lock actuator
GY/2
B/2
CAUTION : Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible

flat circuit (FFC). If the FFC is damaged,
replace
with a new one.
HEL 185
EL-300
HARNESS LAYOUr
Front Door Harness (LH side) (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS (Standard type)
@
@
@
SMJ
To(~)
W/8
Power window sub-switch
BR/2
Door speaker
(~)
GY/4
Door lock actuator
BR/3
(~)
W/4
Door lock actuator
B/2
HEL186
RHO MODELS (FFC type)
SMJ
To(~)
BR/2
Door speaker
BR/3
GY/2
@
@
@
8/2
W/8
GY/4
Door lock actuator

l.
CAUTION
: Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible

replace
with a new one.
HEL 187
EL-301
HARNESS LAYOUT
LHD MODELS (Standard
type)
Front Door Harness (RH side)
To(~)
B/2
Power window regUlator
(032) BR/2
Door speaker
(~)
W/8
(033)
BR/3
(~)
GY/4
Door lock actuator
(~4)
GY/2
(~)
W/4
Door lock actuator
SMJ
HEL 188
LHD MODELS (FFC type)
@
@
SMJ
TO(~)
B/2
BR/2
Door speaker
(~)
W/8
(~)
BR/3
(~)
GY/4
(034)
GY/2
Door lock actuator

CAUTION : Don't attempt to repair, splice or modify the flexible

flat circuit
(FFC). If the FFC is damaged, replace
with a new one.
HEL189
EL-302
HARNESS LAYOUT
Front Door Harness (RH side) (Cont'd)
RHO MODELS (Standard type)
@
@
@
@
SMJ
TO@
BR/2
Door speaker
BR/3
B/2
@W/16
(With front and rear door power window)
@
@
GY/4
Door lock actuator
GY/2
Lock knob switch (With power door lock type-2)
@W/12
(With front door power window)
HEL 190
RHO MODELS (FFC type)
@
@
@
@
SMJ
To@
BR/2
Door speaker
BR/3
GY/2
@
@
@
B/2
W/12
GY/4
Door lock actuator

~------------=======
CQDCQD
---~
CAUTION : Don't attempt to repair. splice or modify the flexible

replace
with a new one.
HEL191
EL-303
HARNESS LAYOUT
Rear Door Harness
LH SIDE
@)
@)
W/6
TO@
WIB
(~)
B/2
@)
W/4
Door lock actuator
HEL 192
RH SIDE
@ill
W/6
To@)
(07~) WIB
(:QE)
(024)
B/2
W/4
Door lock actuator
HEL193
EL-304

Electrical System

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

When you read wiring diagrams:

Rear Fog Lamp/Wiring

Type 1 (For Europe

POWER DOOR MIRROR

ELECTRIC SUN ROOF

HORN, CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR

AUDIO AND ANTENNA

WIPER AND WASHER

WARNING LAMPS AND BUZZER

Fuel Tank Gauge

POWER DOOR LOCK

(for rear washer)

METER AND GAUGES

Rear Wiper Amplifier

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

Air Bag Harness

WIRING DIAGRAM REFERENCE CHART

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR

NORMAL CLOSED RELAY

MIXED TYPE RELAY

~.. - -_\_~- ~----

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

FICO, A/CCUT, A/C

MAIN, IGN/SG, INJECT

S/SIG, GLOW, PlA, DTRl

MAIN, CMPS, MAFS, GLOW, NATS

ABC ABC ABC

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

LOAD, MIL, BUZZER, WINDOW,

LOAD, AIM, TAIL, F/FO~

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

FUSIBLE LINK AND

daytime light system

@: LHD models without

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

@: For Europe and Israel

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

LHD models with daytime

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

W/L ..... ()~

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

LHD models with

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

COOL/F. LOAD. FCUT,

PGC/V. EGRC/V. AAC/V,

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

*2'" @W!L @B/P

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

POWER SUPPLY ROUTING

sure to eliminate cause of problem

If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit

Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape.

For example, when current is 30A, the circuit is broken within 8

Power door lock

Electric sun roof

AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT (Single

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (1-mode type)

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (2-mode type-GA

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 (2-mode type-exeept GA engine for Europe)